US20080083606A1 - Separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic liquids - Google Patents
Separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic liquids Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080083606A1 US20080083606A1 US11/952,242 US95224207A US2008083606A1 US 20080083606 A1 US20080083606 A1 US 20080083606A1 US 95224207 A US95224207 A US 95224207A US 2008083606 A1 US2008083606 A1 US 2008083606A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- auxiliary base
- salt
- desired product
- acid
- reaction
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 71
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 title claims description 136
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 title claims description 55
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 title description 31
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 title description 27
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 title description 15
- -1 phosphorous ester diamides Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 250
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 84
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 50
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 claims description 156
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 122
- MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-1H-imidazole Chemical compound CN1C=CN=C1 MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 82
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 61
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 50
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 48
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 28
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 26
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000006702 (C1-C18) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 11
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- MCMFEZDRQOJKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butylimidazole Chemical group CCCCN1C=CN=C1 MCMFEZDRQOJKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- NRGGMCIBEHEAIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylpyridine Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=N1 NRGGMCIBEHEAIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=N1 BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- LEHULSCLOPRJSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibutylpentan-1-amine Chemical group CCCCCN(CCCC)CCCC LEHULSCLOPRJSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims description 4
- SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-non-5-ene Chemical compound C1CCN=C2CCCN21 SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 8
- XQJHRCVXRAJIDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminophosphine Chemical class PN XQJHRCVXRAJIDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 4
- OXJVPEPMGZHRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminophosphinoamine Chemical class NPN OXJVPEPMGZHRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 abstract 1
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 141
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 133
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 98
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 89
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 66
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 63
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 59
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 48
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 45
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 44
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 33
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 29
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 29
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 28
- 150000002462 imidazolines Chemical class 0.000 description 28
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 28
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 27
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 25
- RVDJLKVICMLVJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethoxy(phenyl)phosphane Chemical compound CCOP(OCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 RVDJLKVICMLVJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 150000003018 phosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 24
- XRBCRPZXSCBRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonous acid Chemical class OPO XRBCRPZXSCBRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Chemical compound P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Al](Cl)Cl VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 19
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 19
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 18
- JCRCPEDXAHDCAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxy(diphenyl)phosphane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(OCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 JCRCPEDXAHDCAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000007037 hydroformylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 16
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 15
- FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)Cl FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 13
- 0 [1*]C1([2*])N=NC([4*])=C1[3*].[1*]C1([2*])N=NC([5*])([6*])C1([3*])[4*].[1*]C1([3*])C([2*])=NN=C1[4*].[1*]C1=C([2*])C([3*])=C([4*])N=N1.[1*]C1=NC([4*])=C([3*])C([2*])=N1.[1*]C1=NC([4*])=C([3*])N=C1[2*].[1*]C1=NC([5*])=C([4*])C([3*])=C1[2*].[1*]N1C([2*])=NC([3*])=C1[4*].[1*]N1N=C([4*])C([3*])=C1[2*] Chemical compound [1*]C1([2*])N=NC([4*])=C1[3*].[1*]C1([2*])N=NC([5*])([6*])C1([3*])[4*].[1*]C1([3*])C([2*])=NN=C1[4*].[1*]C1=C([2*])C([3*])=C([4*])N=N1.[1*]C1=NC([4*])=C([3*])C([2*])=N1.[1*]C1=NC([4*])=C([3*])N=C1[2*].[1*]C1=NC([5*])=C([4*])C([3*])=C1[2*].[1*]N1C([2*])=NC([3*])=C1[4*].[1*]N1N=C([4*])C([3*])=C1[2*] 0.000 description 12
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 12
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 12
- IMDXZWRLUZPMDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorophenylphosphine Chemical compound ClP(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 IMDXZWRLUZPMDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 12
- KPSSIOMAKSHJJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl alcohol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CO KPSSIOMAKSHJJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotrimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)Cl IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000005538 phosphinite group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 10
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 10
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- XGRJZXREYAXTGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorodiphenylphosphine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 XGRJZXREYAXTGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 9
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Butene Chemical compound CCC=C VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000004679 31P NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 8
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylacetone Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)=O YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N all-trans-retinol Chemical compound OC\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-2-ene Chemical compound CC=CC IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 8
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- RWGFKTVRMDUZSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cumene Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWGFKTVRMDUZSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- HGBOYTHUEUWSSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentanal Chemical compound CCCCC=O HGBOYTHUEUWSSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 8
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 7
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PYLWMHQQBFSUBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N monofluorobenzene Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC=C1 PYLWMHQQBFSUBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000012011 nucleophilic catalyst Substances 0.000 description 7
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium atom Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Para-Xylene Chemical group CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 URLKBWYHVLBVBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000005669 hydrocyanation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- IVSZLXZYQVIEFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 IVSZLXZYQVIEFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- AUHZEENZYGFFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N mesitylene Substances CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1 AUHZEENZYGFFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000005987 sulfurization reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl phosphite Chemical compound CCOP(OCC)OCC BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Zn+2] JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- NMWDYLYNWRFEMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=N1.CC1=CC=CC=N1 NMWDYLYNWRFEMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- CUJRVFIICFDLGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylacetonate Chemical compound CC(=O)[CH-]C(C)=O CUJRVFIICFDLGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 5
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- RCBJWTUIUFKQAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-tert-butylphenoxy)-chloro-phenylphosphane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1OP(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCBJWTUIUFKQAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- STCBHSHARMAIOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-1h-imidazol-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CN1C=CN=C1 STCBHSHARMAIOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 13-cis retinol Natural products OCC=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000005690 diesters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- XNMQEEKYCVKGBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylacetylene Natural products CC#CC XNMQEEKYCVKGBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Fe](Cl)Cl RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010327 methods by industry Methods 0.000 description 4
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ASUAYTHWZCLXAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N prenol Chemical compound CC(C)=CCO ASUAYTHWZCLXAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011135 tin Substances 0.000 description 4
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- JDIIGWSSTNUWGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-imidazol-3-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[NH2+]1C=CN=C1 JDIIGWSSTNUWGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SREXEVLCLYLKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,7-ditert-butyl-9,9-dimethylxanthene-4,5-diol Chemical compound C1=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C(C)(C)C3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC(O)=C3OC2=C1O SREXEVLCLYLKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001731 2-cyanoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C#N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 3
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CGWWRMKUJFUTPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-1h-indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C)=CNC2=C1.C1=CC=C2C(C)=CNC2=C1 CGWWRMKUJFUTPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000005863 Friedel-Crafts acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003547 Friedel-Crafts alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005727 Friedel-Crafts reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910021578 Iron(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011717 all-trans-retinol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019169 all-trans-retinol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000010533 azeotropic distillation Methods 0.000 description 3
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical class C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- USJRLGNYCQWLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorophosphane Chemical compound ClP USJRLGNYCQWLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- RRBMFLHJFCWVJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ctk1a4221 Chemical compound NP(N)Cl RRBMFLHJFCWVJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000003261 o-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VNDYJBBGRKZCSX-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc bromide Chemical compound Br[Zn]Br VNDYJBBGRKZCSX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 239000011592 zinc chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- GGQQNYXPYWCUHG-RMTFUQJTSA-N (3e,6e)-deca-3,6-diene Chemical compound CCC\C=C\C\C=C\CC GGQQNYXPYWCUHG-RMTFUQJTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POILWHVDKZOXJZ-ARJAWSKDSA-M (z)-4-oxopent-2-en-2-olate Chemical compound C\C([O-])=C\C(C)=O POILWHVDKZOXJZ-ARJAWSKDSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 150000000178 1,2,4-triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ILNDSSCEZZFNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Di-tert-butylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 ILNDSSCEZZFNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DSNHSQKRULAAEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Diethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C(CC)C=C1 DSNHSQKRULAAEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JRLPEMVDPFPYPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-4-methylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 JRLPEMVDPFPYPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDZHCHYQNPQSGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthalen-1-ylnaphthalene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C=3C4=CC=CC=C4C=CC=3)=CC=CC2=C1 ZDZHCHYQNPQSGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004343 1-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- LNWWQYYLZVZXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-pyrrolidin-1-ylethanone Chemical compound CC(=O)N1CCCC1 LNWWQYYLZVZXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JTIAYWZZZOZUTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-tert-butyl-3-methylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 JTIAYWZZZOZUTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KEQTWHPMSVAFDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazole Chemical class C1NNC=C1 KEQTWHPMSVAFDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFFIRKXTFQCCKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(C(O)=O)C(C)=C1 FFFIRKXTFQCCKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NXXYKOUNUYWIHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-Dimethylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1O NXXYKOUNUYWIHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SFSXNVBMAODLGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-6-methylpyridine Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC(C)=N1 SFSXNVBMAODLGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WFSGQBNCVASPMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexanoyl chloride Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)C(Cl)=O WFSGQBNCVASPMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- QIMMUPPBPVKWKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylnaphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(C)=CC=C21 QIMMUPPBPVKWKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- ZLCSFXXPPANWQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyltoluene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 ZLCSFXXPPANWQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DEEPVUMBLJVOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3H-pyrazole Chemical class C1C=CN=N1 DEEPVUMBLJVOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GNKZMNRKLCTJAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4'-Methylacetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 GNKZMNRKLCTJAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCGBIXXDQFWVDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1h-pyrazole Chemical class C1CC=NN1 MCGBIXXDQFWVDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NTPLXRHDUXRPNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxyacetophenone Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C(C)=O)C=C1 NTPLXRHDUXRPNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLSZMDLNRCVEIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylimidazole Chemical compound CC1=CNC=N1 XLSZMDLNRCVEIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NILYRCYRBPDITI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-pyrazole Chemical class C1C=NN=C1 NILYRCYRBPDITI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021577 Iron(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrous acid Chemical compound ON=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical class C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYGQUTWHTHXGQB-FFHKNEKCSA-N Retinol Palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C VYGQUTWHTHXGQB-FFHKNEKCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910003910 SiCl4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910003074 TiCl4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910007932 ZrCl4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005882 aldol condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001508 alkali metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910001615 alkaline earth metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940045714 alkyl sulfonate alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940100609 all-trans-retinol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PQLAYKMGZDUDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium bromide Chemical compound Br[Al](Br)Br PQLAYKMGZDUDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000005840 aryl radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005228 aryl sulfonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XSIFPSYPOVKYCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid butyl ester Natural products CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XSIFPSYPOVKYCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron tribromide Chemical compound BrB(Br)Br ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QARVLSVVCXYDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromobenzene Chemical compound BrC1=CC=CC=C1 QARVLSVVCXYDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KPWJBEFBFLRCLH-UHFFFAOYSA-L cadmium bromide Chemical compound Br[Cd]Br KPWJBEFBFLRCLH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- YKYOUMDCQGMQQO-UHFFFAOYSA-L cadmium dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Cd]Cl YKYOUMDCQGMQQO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001244 carboxylic acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012018 catalyst precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003518 caustics Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- RCHVMFNYFYQEMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ctk0h8384 Chemical class NPCl RCHVMFNYFYQEMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000005595 deprotonation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010537 deprotonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- XMDBKXFFPNRIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloro-(4-fluorophenyl)phosphane Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(P(Cl)Cl)C=C1 XMDBKXFFPNRIQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZTHNOZQGTXKVNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L dichloroaluminum Chemical compound Cl[Al]Cl ZTHNOZQGTXKVNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- GGSUCNLOZRCGPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylaniline Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 GGSUCNLOZRCGPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 2
- UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N erbium Chemical compound [Er] UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000005496 eutectics Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004005 formimidoyl group Chemical group [H]\N=C(/[H])* 0.000 description 2
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ARBOVOVUTSQWSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoyl chloride Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(Cl)=O ARBOVOVUTSQWSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NMCUIPGRVMDVDB-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Fe]Cl NMCUIPGRVMDVDB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- KQNPFQTWMSNSAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutyric acid Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)=O KQNPFQTWMSNSAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000040 m-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(=C1[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000010907 mechanical stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001827 mesitylenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C(C(*)=C(C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 2
- KLVOSHOFGYMCCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-di(propan-2-yl)butan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN(C(C)C)C(C)C KLVOSHOFGYMCCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HTDCNKTXDLRMHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibutylcyclohexanamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)C1CCCCC1 HTDCNKTXDLRMHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UPNQFYMXRSHQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethyl-2-methylpropan-2-amine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(C)(C)C UPNQFYMXRSHQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052762 osmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N osmium atom Chemical compound [Os] SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002916 oxazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IWDCLRJOBJJRNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000026792 palmitoylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)CC FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKFBZNUBXWCCHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus trifluoride Chemical compound FP(F)F WKFBZNUBXWCCHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001394 phosphorus-31 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- ODLMAHJVESYWTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylbenzene Chemical compound CCCC1=CC=CC=C1 ODLMAHJVESYWTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002577 pseudohalo group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003216 pyrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DNXIASIHZYFFRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazoline Chemical class C1CN=NC1 DNXIASIHZYFFRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004892 pyridazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XZQYTGKSBZGQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-I rhenium pentachloride Chemical compound Cl[Re](Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl XZQYTGKSBZGQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- FDNAPBUWERUEDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon tetrachloride Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)Cl FDNAPBUWERUEDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 2
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000001973 tert-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 150000003557 thiazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MGSRCZKZVOBKFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymol Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1O MGSRCZKZVOBKFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 2
- XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrachloride Chemical compound Cl[Ti](Cl)(Cl)Cl XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 125000005023 xylyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- DUNKXUFBGCUVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-J zirconium tetrachloride Chemical compound Cl[Zr](Cl)(Cl)Cl DUNKXUFBGCUVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- KMCPOTSCISRIPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-tert-butyl-6-methylphenoxy)-chloro-phenylphosphane Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1OP(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 KMCPOTSCISRIPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSMWXMFPWVVZIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-tert-butylphenoxy)-chloro-(4-fluorophenyl)phosphane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1OP(Cl)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 RSMWXMFPWVVZIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UVKXJAUUKPDDNW-NSCUHMNNSA-N (e)-pent-3-enenitrile Chemical compound C\C=C\CC#N UVKXJAUUKPDDNW-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSTXGWUXBMXPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1'-biphenyl;phosphonous acid Chemical class OPO.C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 PSTXGWUXBMXPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOCLXMDMGBRAIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)(Cl)Cl UOCLXMDMGBRAIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000000177 1,2,3-triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFFLAFLAYFXFSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1Cl RFFLAFLAYFXFSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GIWQSPITLQVMSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dimethylimidazole Chemical compound CC1=NC=CN1C GIWQSPITLQVMSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJYMPXJVHNDZHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-triethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC(CC)=CC(CC)=C1 WJYMPXJVHNDZHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNEATYXSUBPPKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Diisopropylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=CC(C(C)C)=C1 UNEATYXSUBPPKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEQGZUUPPQEDPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CC1(C)N(Cl)C(=O)N(Cl)C1=O KEQGZUUPPQEDPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDTIFYBSPQERAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,5-trimethylimidazole Chemical compound CC=1N=CN(C)C=1C RDTIFYBSPQERAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OCJBOOLMMGQPQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 OCJBOOLMMGQPQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QUGUFLJIAFISSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-difluorobenzene Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 QUGUFLJIAFISSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLHTXORQJNCSII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dimethylimidazole Chemical compound CC1=CN(C)C=N1 BLHTXORQJNCSII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMXAWNABJYBRKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-3,5-dimethoxybenzene Chemical group COC1=CC(OC)=CC(C=2C=C(OC)C=C(OC)C=2)=C1 BMXAWNABJYBRKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMZYGFLOKOQMKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-3,5-dimethylbenzene Chemical group CC1=CC(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C=C(C)C=2)=C1 CMZYGFLOKOQMKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARJRHPLYUDOSCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butan-2-ylpiperidine Chemical compound CCC(C)N1CCCCC1 ARJRHPLYUDOSCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSOZFXKDKRMJNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butan-2-ylpyrrolidine Chemical compound CCC(C)N1CCCC1 YSOZFXKDKRMJNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACFNFAOHVKOULL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-1h-imidazol-1-ium;formate Chemical compound OC=O.CCCCN1C=CN=C1 ACFNFAOHVKOULL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHLZPGRDRYCVRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-2-methylimidazole Chemical compound CCCCN1C=CN=C1C WHLZPGRDRYCVRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHDQNOXQSTVAIC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-butyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCN1C=C[N+](C)=C1 FHDQNOXQSTVAIC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AXWLKJWVMMAXBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butylpiperidine Chemical compound CCCCN1CCCCC1 AXWLKJWVMMAXBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POKOASTYJWUQJG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-butylpyridin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 POKOASTYJWUQJG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JSHASCFKOSDFHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butylpyrrolidine Chemical compound CCCCN1CCCC1 JSHASCFKOSDFHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSSNTDFYBPYIEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenylimidazole Chemical compound C=CN1C=CN=C1 OSSNTDFYBPYIEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGWVFQAPOGAVRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexylimidazole Chemical compound CCCCCCN1C=CN=C1 KGWVFQAPOGAVRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIABJLJKUSSQEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxy-3-(3-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)-5-methylbenzene Chemical group COC1=CC(C)=CC(C=2C=C(OC)C=C(C)C=2)=C1 LIABJLJKUSSQEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-O 1-methylimidazole Chemical compound CN1C=C[NH+]=C1 MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- DVWQNBIUTWDZMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthalen-1-ylnaphthalen-2-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C3=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=C3O)=CC=CC2=C1 DVWQNBIUTWDZMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KLMZKZJCMDOKFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-octylimidazole Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN1C=CN=C1 KLMZKZJCMDOKFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPYVYJSWGZMBOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-pentylimidazole Chemical compound CCCCCN1C=CN=C1 UPYVYJSWGZMBOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQWJONARYDIOSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-pentylpiperidine Chemical compound CCCCCN1CCCCC1 LQWJONARYDIOSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWRUFJHICAREBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-pentylpyrrolidine Chemical compound CCCCCN1CCCC1 NWRUFJHICAREBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXIXHISTUVHOCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propan-2-ylpiperidine Chemical compound CC(C)N1CCCCC1 KXIXHISTUVHOCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTDIWMPYBAVEDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propylpiperidine Chemical compound CCCN1CCCCC1 VTDIWMPYBAVEDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZSPYHREEHYLCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-tert-butyl-3,5-dimethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 FZSPYHREEHYLCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSVIUCBJPRWLIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-tert-butylpiperidine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)N1CCCCC1 RSVIUCBJPRWLIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNMQSIGDRWCJMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-tert-butylpyrrolidine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)N1CCCC1 WNMQSIGDRWCJMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- CFUAMMVVJMPPLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropoxy(trimethyl)silane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CO[Si](C)(C)C CFUAMMVVJMPPLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QLNYTCSELYEEPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(C)(C)C QLNYTCSELYEEPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLIDCXVFHGNTTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethoxyphenol Chemical group COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1O KLIDCXVFHGNTTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003456 2,6-dinitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C(*)C(=C1[H])[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUZDYPLAQQGJEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methoxynaphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 LUZDYPLAQQGJEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S(O)(=O)=O LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSUUPKMDJYPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-methyl-2-nitrophenyl)diazenyl]-3-oxo-n-phenylbutanamide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NC(=O)C(C(=O)C)N=NC1=CC=C(C)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O MFYSUUPKMDJYPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- KBMDBLCFKPRPOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-3,3,3-trifluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propanenitrile Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(Br)(C#N)C(F)(F)F KBMDBLCFKPRPOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZIFAVKTNFCBPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloroethanol Chemical compound OCCCl SZIFAVKTNFCBPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001340 2-chloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003006 2-dimethylaminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- CYEJMVLDXAUOPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O CYEJMVLDXAUOPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQAMFDRRWURCFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound CCC1=NC=CN1 PQAMFDRRWURCFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STMRFGRNIRUIML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-n,n-di(propan-2-yl)hexan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CN(C(C)C)C(C)C STMRFGRNIRUIML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AIJVWZSWXBRBID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-n,n-dipropylhexan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CN(CCC)CCC AIJVWZSWXBRBID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKZCAQJRKXGRMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylpyridin-4-amine Chemical compound CCC1=CC(N)=CC=N1 AKZCAQJRKXGRMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YCIRHAGYEUJTFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-imidazol-1-ylethanamine Chemical compound NCCN1C=CN=C1 YCIRHAGYEUJTFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJAADAKPADTRCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-1-(2-methoxynaphthalen-1-yl)naphthalene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C3=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=C3OC)=C(OC)C=CC2=C1 BJAADAKPADTRCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDHFKMDVFWYSPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(2-methylnaphthalen-1-yl)naphthalene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C3=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=C3C)=C(C)C=CC2=C1 KDHFKMDVFWYSPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXBGSDVWAMZHDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound CC1=NC=CN1 LXBGSDVWAMZHDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1S([O-])(=O)=O LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOUORYQQOPCXGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CO.CC(C)CO LOUORYQQOPCXGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTOQRRDVVIDEAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropane Chemical compound [CH2]C(C)C KTOQRRDVVIDEAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- NGFPWHGISWUQOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-sec-butylphenol Chemical compound CCC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1O NGFPWHGISWUQOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJQOZHYUIDYNHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-Butylphenol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1O WJQOZHYUIDYNHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZSLUVFAKFWKJRC-IGMARMGPSA-N 232Th Chemical compound [232Th] ZSLUVFAKFWKJRC-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKKOLPWDKQDVJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)methylamino]-6-(trifluoromethyl)quinoxaline-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(OC)=CC=C1CNC1=NC2=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C2N=C1C(O)=O JKKOLPWDKQDVJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJKDUJRRWLQXHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromocyclohexene Chemical compound BrC1CCCC=C1 AJKDUJRRWLQXHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWRBCZZQRRPXAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloropyridine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CN=C1 PWRBCZZQRRPXAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical group [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEQIISVRKIKCLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-imidazol-1-ylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CCCN1C=CN=C1 XEQIISVRKIKCLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STCBHSHARMAIOM-UHFFFAOYSA-O 3-methyl-1h-imidazol-3-ium;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C[N+]=1C=CNC=1 STCBHSHARMAIOM-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- AURDEEIHMPRBLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CN=C1.CC1=CC=CN=C1 AURDEEIHMPRBLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFMGYULNQJPJCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound OCC1COC(=O)O1 JFMGYULNQJPJCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXEGSRKPIUDPQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(4-methoxyphenyl)piperazin-1-yl]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1N1CCN(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)CC1 VXEGSRKPIUDPQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004042 4-aminobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004800 4-bromophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Br 0.000 description 1
- FDHGUCPWMSEFHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-butan-2-ylmorpholine Chemical compound CCC(C)N1CCOCC1 FDHGUCPWMSEFHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMRKVKPRHROQRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-butylmorpholine Chemical compound CCCCN1CCOCC1 LMRKVKPRHROQRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006283 4-chlorobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001255 4-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1F 0.000 description 1
- SXIFAEWFOJETOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-butyl Chemical group [CH2]CCCO SXIFAEWFOJETOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKNQCJSGGFJEIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=NC=C1 FKNQCJSGGFJEIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IERWMZNDJGYCIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pentylmorpholine Chemical compound CCCCCN1CCOCC1 IERWMZNDJGYCIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OILJIEKQCVHNMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tert-butylmorpholine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 OILJIEKQCVHNMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHPQWRBYOIRBIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tert-butylphenol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QHPQWRBYOIRBIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBADCSUQBLLAHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-trimethylsilyloxypent-3-en-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)C=C(C)O[Si](C)(C)C FBADCSUQBLLAHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULKLGIFJWFIQFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5K8XI641G3 Chemical compound CCC1=NC=C(C)N1 ULKLGIFJWFIQFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPDAVTSOEQEGMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9,10-dihydroanthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3CC2=C1 WPDAVTSOEQEGMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFEYBLWMNFZOPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Allylacetonitrile Natural products C=CCCC#N CFEYBLWMNFZOPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910015845 BBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910015844 BCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SAIKULLUBZKPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bis(2-ethylhexyl) amine Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CNCC(CC)CCCC SAIKULLUBZKPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KZMGYPLQYOPHEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron trifluoride etherate Chemical compound FB(F)F.CCOCC KZMGYPLQYOPHEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXJMKTOZWDYHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C#CC.C=CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C)C1=C2/C=C(C)\C=C/1.CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C(C)\C=C/2.CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CCC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.COC(=O)C1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.COC1=C/C2=C(\C=C/1)N(C)C=C2.[H]C1=C(C)C2=C(/C=C\C=C/2)N1C Chemical compound C#CC.C=CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)N(C)C1=C2/C=C(C)\C=C/1.CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C(C)\C=C/2.CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CCC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.COC(=O)C1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.COC1=C/C2=C(\C=C/1)N(C)C=C2.[H]C1=C(C)C2=C(/C=C\C=C/2)N1C XXJMKTOZWDYHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SECYDVDOAXQETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=C2C(=C1)/C=C\C(OP(N1C=CC=C1)N1C=CC=C1)=C/2C1=C2/C=C\C=C/C2=CC=C1OP(N1C=CC=C1)N1C=CC=C1.COC(=O)C1=C(OP(N2C=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)N2C=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)C(/C2=C(OP(N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)/C(C(=O)OC)=C\C3=CC=CC=C32)=C2/C=C\C=C/C2=C1.COC1=CC(C2=CC(OC)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2OP2OC3=CC=CC=C3C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)=C(CP2OC3=C(C=C(C)C=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC(OC)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C3O2)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1.COC1=CC(C2=CC(OC)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2OP2OC3=CC=CC=C3C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)=C(CP2OC3=CC=CC=C3C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=C1)/C=C\C(OP(N1C=CC=C1)N1C=CC=C1)=C/2C1=C2/C=C\C=C/C2=CC=C1OP(N1C=CC=C1)N1C=CC=C1.COC(=O)C1=C(OP(N2C=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)N2C=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)C(/C2=C(OP(N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)/C(C(=O)OC)=C\C3=CC=CC=C32)=C2/C=C\C=C/C2=C1.COC1=CC(C2=CC(OC)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2OP2OC3=CC=CC=C3C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)=C(CP2OC3=C(C=C(C)C=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC(OC)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C3O2)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1.COC1=CC(C2=CC(OC)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2OP2OC3=CC=CC=C3C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)=C(CP2OC3=CC=CC=C3C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 SECYDVDOAXQETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004648 C2-C8 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DKGJWEBBLIFIIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC1=C(C)N(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC1=CC=C(C)N1C.CC1=CC=C(C)N1C.CC1=CC=CN1C.CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC1=CN(C)C=C1C.CN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CN1C=CC2=C1/C=C\C=C/2 Chemical compound C=CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC1=C(C)N(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC1=CC=C(C)N1C.CC1=CC=C(C)N1C.CC1=CC=CN1C.CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC1=CN(C)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CC1=CN(C)C=C1C.CN1C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1/C=C\C=C/2.CN1C=CC2=C1/C=C\C=C/2 DKGJWEBBLIFIIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTXVOOAAEYWKFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(OPOC2=C(CC3=C(OPOC4=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C4)C=CC=C3)C=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(OPOCC2=C(OPOC3=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C3)C=CC=C2)C=C1.CC1=C(C2=C(OP3OC4=CC=CC=C4C4=C(C=CC=C4)O3)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2C)C(OP2OC3=CC=CC=C3C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(OPOC2=C(CC3=C(OPOC4=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C4)C=CC=C3)C=CC=C2)C=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(OPOCC2=C(OPOC3=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C3)C=CC=C2)C=C1.CC1=C(C2=C(OP3OC4=CC=CC=C4C4=C(C=CC=C4)O3)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2C)C(OP2OC3=CC=CC=C3C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1C(C)(C)C FTXVOOAAEYWKFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIQTWSQOQPSZSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C2=C(OP(N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2)=C(OP(N2C=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)N2C=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1.CC1=CC(C2=C(OP(N3C=C(C)C4=C3C=CC=C4)N3C=C(C)C4=C3C=CC=C4)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C(OP(N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C(C)=C1.CC1=CN(P(OC2=C(C3=C(OP(N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C3C)C(C)=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C(C)(C)C)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.COC1=CC(C2=C(OP(N3C=CC=C3)N3C=CC=C3)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(OC)=C2)=C(OP(N2C=CC=C2)N2C=CC=C2)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C2=C(OP(N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C2)=C(OP(N2C=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)N2C=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1.CC1=CC(C2=C(OP(N3C=C(C)C4=C3C=CC=C4)N3C=C(C)C4=C3C=CC=C4)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C(OP(N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C(C)=C1.CC1=CN(P(OC2=C(C3=C(OP(N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C3C)C(C)=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C(C)(C)C)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.COC1=CC(C2=C(OP(N3C=CC=C3)N3C=CC=C3)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(OC)=C2)=C(OP(N2C=CC=C2)N2C=CC=C2)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 DIQTWSQOQPSZSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSZUVBZVPHACER-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC(OP(N2C=CC=C2)N2C=CC=C2)=C2OC3=C(C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C3OP(N3C=CC=C3)N3C=CC=C3)C(C)(C)C2=C1.CC1(C)C2=CC=CC(OP(N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)=C2OC2=C1C=CC=C2OP(N1C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)N1C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2.CC1=CC(OP(N2N=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)N2N=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)=C2OC3=C(C=C(C)C=C3OP(N3N=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N3N=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)SC2=C1.CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC3=C2OC2=C(OP(N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C3(C)C)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.CCOC(=O)C1=CN(P(OC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC3=C2OC2=C(OP(N4C=C(C(=O)OCC)C(C(=O)OCC)=C4)N4C=C(C(=O)OCC)C(C(=O)OCC)=C4)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C3(C)C)N2C=C(C(=O)OCC)C(C(=O)OCC)=C2)C=C1C(=O)OCC Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(OP(N2C=CC=C2)N2C=CC=C2)=C2OC3=C(C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C3OP(N3C=CC=C3)N3C=CC=C3)C(C)(C)C2=C1.CC1(C)C2=CC=CC(OP(N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N3C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)=C2OC2=C1C=CC=C2OP(N1C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)N1C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2.CC1=CC(OP(N2N=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)N2N=CC3=C2C=CC=C3)=C2OC3=C(C=C(C)C=C3OP(N3N=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N3N=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)SC2=C1.CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC3=C2OC2=C(OP(N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C3(C)C)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.CCOC(=O)C1=CN(P(OC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC3=C2OC2=C(OP(N4C=C(C(=O)OCC)C(C(=O)OCC)=C4)N4C=C(C(=O)OCC)C(C(=O)OCC)=C4)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C3(C)C)N2C=C(C(=O)OCC)C(C(=O)OCC)=C2)C=C1C(=O)OCC BSZUVBZVPHACER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHWOKMJNHDXTPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1OP(OC1=CC=CC=C1C1=C(OP(OC2=CC=CC=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1OP(OC1=CC=CC=C1C1=C(OP(OC2=CC=CC=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CHWOKMJNHDXTPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUPVNPXHCVSJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(C)C(C)=C2C(=C1C)C1CC2C2=C1C(C)=C(C)C(C)=C2C Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(C)=C2C(=C1C)C1CC2C2=C1C(C)=C(C)C(C)=C2C TUPVNPXHCVSJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVRSFPGQGUETGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C1C.CC1C(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C1C.CC1C(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C1C.CC1C(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C1C.Cc1c(C)c(C)c(C)c(C)c1C.Cc1c(C)c(C)c(C)c(C)c1C.Cc1c(C)c(C)c2c(C)c(C)c(C)c(C)c2c1C.Cc1c(C)c(C)c2c(C)c(C)c(C)c(C)c2c1C Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C1C.CC1C(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C1C.CC1C(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C1C.CC1C(C)C(C)C(C)C(C)C1C.Cc1c(C)c(C)c(C)c(C)c1C.Cc1c(C)c(C)c(C)c(C)c1C.Cc1c(C)c(C)c2c(C)c(C)c(C)c(C)c2c1C.Cc1c(C)c(C)c2c(C)c(C)c(C)c(C)c2c1C RVRSFPGQGUETGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRTNNYLIBWNYNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C/C2=C(\C=C/1)N(C)C=C2.CC1=CC=C(C)N1C.CCC1=CC=C(CC)N1C.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(OC#CC#O)N1C.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CN1C.CCOC(=O)C1=CN(C)C=C1C(=O)C#CO.CN1C=CC2=C1/C=C\C(C(C)(C)C)=C/2.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OC)N1C.COC(=O)C1=CC=CN1C.COC(=O)C1=CN(C)C=C1C(=O)OC Chemical compound CC1=C/C2=C(\C=C/1)N(C)C=C2.CC1=CC=C(C)N1C.CCC1=CC=C(CC)N1C.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(OC#CC#O)N1C.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CN1C.CCOC(=O)C1=CN(C)C=C1C(=O)C#CO.CN1C=CC2=C1/C=C\C(C(C)(C)C)=C/2.COC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OC)N1C.COC(=O)C1=CC=CN1C.COC(=O)C1=CN(C)C=C1C(=O)OC NRTNNYLIBWNYNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZKUHHIOEWIGGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C2=C(OP(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C2=C(OP(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 SZKUHHIOEWIGGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JENGUORSMNQZAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=C(C)C=CC=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=C(C)C=CC=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=C(C)C=CC=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=C(C)C=CC=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 JENGUORSMNQZAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEPRLOHUZJELGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 ZEPRLOHUZJELGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSWOISAHHOQQMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=CC=CC=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=C(F)C=C2)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=CC=CC=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=C(F)C=C2)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 LSWOISAHHOQQMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEFGPZIDQMAXGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=CC=CC=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=CC=CC=C2C(C)(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C)(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 IEFGPZIDQMAXGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHEVGSQYEJKROO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=CC=CC=C2C)OC2=CC=CC=C2C)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=CC=C3C)OC3=CC=CC=C3C)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(OP(OC2=CC=CC=C2C)OC2=CC=CC=C2C)C(C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=CC=C3C)OC3=CC=CC=C3C)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)=C1 YHEVGSQYEJKROO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGZLIVZMPNNMDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN(P(Cl)N2C=C(C)C3=C2/C=C\C=C/3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound CC1=CN(P(Cl)N2C=C(C)C3=C2/C=C\C=C/3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 GGZLIVZMPNNMDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDYHGVMXLUSRTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC3=C2OC2=C(OP(N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)N4C=C(C)C5=C4/C=C\C=C/5)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C3(C)C)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC3=C2OC2=C(OP(N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)N4C=C(C)C5=C4/C=C\C=C/5)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C2C3(C)C)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2 VDYHGVMXLUSRTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJAAGCURKYXMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC=CC3=C2C2C4=C(C=CC=C4)C3C3=C2C(OP(N2C=C(C)C4=C2C=CC=C4)N2C=C(C)C4=C2C=CC=C4)=CC=C3)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC=CC3=C2C2C4=C(C=CC=C4OP(N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)C3C3CCCC23)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC=CC3=C2C2CCC3C3=C2C(OP(N2C=C(C)C4=C2C=CC=C4)N2C=C(C)C4=C2C=CC=C4)=CC=C3)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.CCC1=CC=C2CC3=CC=C(CC)N3P(OC3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC4=C3OC3=C(OP5N6C(CC)=CC=C6CC6=CC=C(CC)N65)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C3[Si]4(C)C)N12 Chemical compound CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC=CC3=C2C2C4=C(C=CC=C4)C3C3=C2C(OP(N2C=C(C)C4=C2C=CC=C4)N2C=C(C)C4=C2C=CC=C4)=CC=C3)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC=CC3=C2C2C4=C(C=CC=C4OP(N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)N4C=C(C)C5=C4C=CC=C5)C3C3CCCC23)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.CC1=CN(P(OC2=CC=CC3=C2C2CCC3C3=C2C(OP(N2C=C(C)C4=C2C=CC=C4)N2C=C(C)C4=C2C=CC=C4)=CC=C3)N2C=C(C)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C2=C1C=CC=C2.CCC1=CC=C2CC3=CC=C(CC)N3P(OC3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC4=C3OC3=C(OP5N6C(CC)=CC=C6CC6=CC=C(CC)N65)C=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C3[Si]4(C)C)N12 WJAAGCURKYXMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUKDYVLAJTWXSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1CC(C)C(C)C(C)C1.CC1CC(C)C(C)CC1C.CC1CCC(C)C(C)C1C Chemical compound CC1CC(C)C(C)C(C)C1.CC1CC(C)C(C)CC1C.CC1CCC(C)C(C)C1C MUKDYVLAJTWXSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDBVZJAYIMQLQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OP(OC2=C(C)C=C(C)C=C2C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC)C=C3C(C)(C)CC)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C(C)(C)CC)=C1 Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OP(OC2=C(C)C=C(C)C=C2C2=C(OP(OC3=CC=C(C(C)(C)CC)C=C3C(C)(C)CC)C3=CC=CC=C3)C(C)=CC(C)=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2)C(C(C)(C)CC)=C1 XDBVZJAYIMQLQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIOAQJNADLELPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[C]1OCCO1 Chemical group C[C]1OCCO1 UIOAQJNADLELPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910004664 Cerium(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021554 Chromium(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021580 Cobalt(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021584 Cobalt(II) iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021591 Copper(I) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021592 Copper(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KIWBPDUYBMNFTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCOS(O)(=O)=O KIWBPDUYBMNFTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910005267 GaCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052689 Holmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021579 Iron(II) iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L L-tartrate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910002249 LaCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052765 Lutetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021380 Manganese Chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Manganese chloride Chemical compound Cl[Mn]Cl GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910021568 Manganese(II) bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910015221 MoCl5 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVYKKECYCPFKGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylcyclohexylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C1CCCCC1 SVYKKECYCPFKGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910019804 NbCl5 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel(2+) Chemical compound [Ni+2] VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nonylphenol Natural products CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IGFHQQFPSIBGKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BONASJKBJAQWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N OPO.OP(O)O Chemical class OPO.OP(O)O BONASJKBJAQWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910020667 PBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GYPUIXZFFQOUPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N PO.OPO Chemical class PO.OPO GYPUIXZFFQOUPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFIJGEIKVGDVHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N PO.P(O)(O)O Chemical class PO.P(O)(O)O QFIJGEIKVGDVHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019201 POBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005662 Paraffin oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052777 Praseodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYGQUTWHTHXGQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Retinol hexadecanoate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C VYGQUTWHTHXGQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052772 Samarium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018057 ScCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910004537 TaCl5 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraethyl orthosilicate Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)OCC BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052776 Thorium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052775 Thulium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005844 Thymol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910010062 TiCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021626 Tin(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021627 Tin(IV) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Trifluoroacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910021551 Vanadium(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910009523 YCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZCFOHBFTQYDKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2,4-bis(3-methylbutyl)phenoxy]-chloro-phenylphosphane Chemical compound CC(C)CCC1=CC(CCC(C)C)=CC=C1OP(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 FZCFOHBFTQYDKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008045 alkali metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOGRDCAXLAAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium isopropoxide Chemical compound [Al+3].CC(C)[O-].CC(C)[O-].CC(C)[O-] SMZOGRDCAXLAAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- FAPDDOBMIUGHIN-UHFFFAOYSA-K antimony trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Sb](Cl)Cl FAPDDOBMIUGHIN-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- VMPVEPPRYRXYNP-UHFFFAOYSA-I antimony(5+);pentachloride Chemical compound Cl[Sb](Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl VMPVEPPRYRXYNP-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000032 aromatic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZWIPGARCRSFMHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene;1h-imidazole Chemical compound C1=CNC=N1.C1=CC=CC=C1 ZWIPGARCRSFMHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006480 benzoylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC1=CC=CC=C1 KCXMKQUNVWSEMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940073608 benzyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AOKMFXQCRBQJOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl trimethylsilyl ether Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 AOKMFXQCRBQJOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052790 beryllium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ATBAMAFKBVZNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N beryllium atom Chemical compound [Be] ATBAMAFKBVZNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001627 beryllium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LWBPNIJBHRISSS-UHFFFAOYSA-L beryllium dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Be]Cl LWBPNIJBHRISSS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JHXKRIRFYBPWGE-UHFFFAOYSA-K bismuth chloride Chemical compound Cl[Bi](Cl)Cl JHXKRIRFYBPWGE-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- AQNQQHJNRPDOQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromocyclohexane Chemical compound BrC1CCCCC1 AQNQQHJNRPDOQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPVKWWQBIVSLRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-yloxy(trimethyl)silane Chemical compound CCC(C)O[Si](C)(C)C NPVKWWQBIVSLRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTJUXOIAXOQWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N butoxy(trimethyl)silane Chemical compound CCCCO[Si](C)(C)C YTJUXOIAXOQWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFFDSQBEGQFJJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound CCCCOC(O)=O DFFDSQBEGQFJJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000011116 calcium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SHZIWNPUGXLXDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N caproic acid ethyl ester Natural products CCCCCC(=O)OCC SHZIWNPUGXLXDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKVNPHBNOWQYFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamodithioic acid Chemical compound NC(S)=S DKVNPHBNOWQYFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYLVYHXQOHJDJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K cerium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ce](Cl)Cl VYLVYHXQOHJDJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910001914 chlorine tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TVWHTOUAJSGEKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorine trioxide Chemical compound [O]Cl(=O)=O TVWHTOUAJSGEKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NEHMKBQYUWJMIP-NJFSPNSNSA-N chloro(114C)methane Chemical compound [14CH3]Cl NEHMKBQYUWJMIP-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDOULAJYDKNVEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro-(2,4-ditert-butylphenoxy)-phenylphosphane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OP(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 CDOULAJYDKNVEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAAGXBGJRWFWPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro-bis(2-methylphenyl)phosphane Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1P(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1C KAAGXBGJRWFWPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRBHYEPINHMPMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro-bis(3-methyl-1h-indol-2-yl)phosphane Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(C)=C1P(Cl)C1=C(C)C2=CC=CC=C2N1 SRBHYEPINHMPMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEQRZYWARAIAMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro-phenoxy-phenylphosphane Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1P(Cl)OC1=CC=CC=C1 QEQRZYWARAIAMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000068 chlorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XTHPWXDJESJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorosulfonic acid Substances OS(Cl)(=O)=O XTHPWXDJESJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromium(ii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cr]Cl XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cis-cyclohexene Natural products C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVWLPUQJODERGA-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(2+);diiodide Chemical compound [Co+2].[I-].[I-] AVWLPUQJODERGA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OXBLHERUFWYNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M copper(I) chloride Chemical compound [Cu]Cl OXBLHERUFWYNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ORTQZVOHEJQUHG-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cu]Cl ORTQZVOHEJQUHG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000012045 crude solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010908 decantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- RJYMRRJVDRJMJW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dibromomanganese Chemical compound Br[Mn]Br RJYMRRJVDRJMJW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000004188 dichlorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YNLAOSYQHBDIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M diethylaluminium chloride Chemical compound CC[Al](Cl)CC YNLAOSYQHBDIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004212 difluorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M dihydrogenphosphate Chemical compound OP(O)([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZJIPHXXDPROMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxyphosphanyl dihydrogen phosphite Chemical class OP(O)OP(O)O ZJIPHXXDPROMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005805 dimethoxy phenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=CC=CC=C1 CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012990 dithiocarbamate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dysprosium atom Chemical compound [Dy] KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000374 eutectic mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C[CH]C=CC3=CC2=C1 RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004508 fractional distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UPWPDUACHOATKO-UHFFFAOYSA-K gallium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ga](Cl)Cl UPWPDUACHOATKO-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N holmium atom Chemical compound [Ho] KJZYNXUDTRRSPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical class [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000042 hydrogen bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000039 hydrogen halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012433 hydrogen halide Substances 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002475 indoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQZGVMWPHXIKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron(ii) iodide Chemical compound [Fe+2].[I-].[I-] BQZGVMWPHXIKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- GJRQTCIYDGXPES-UHFFFAOYSA-N iso-butyl acetate Natural products CC(C)COC(C)=O GJRQTCIYDGXPES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGKJLKRYENPLQH-UHFFFAOYSA-M isocaproate Chemical compound CC(C)CCC([O-])=O FGKJLKRYENPLQH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OQAGVSWESNCJJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N isovaleric acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)CC(C)C OQAGVSWESNCJJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ICAKDTKJOYSXGC-UHFFFAOYSA-K lanthanum(iii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[La](Cl)Cl ICAKDTKJOYSXGC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000000622 liquid--liquid extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium atom Chemical compound [Lu] OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011565 manganese chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXHHBNMLPJOKQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound COC(O)=O CXHHBNMLPJOKQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMSZANIMCDLNKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl hypofluorite Chemical compound COF XMSZANIMCDLNKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl sulfate Chemical compound COS(O)(=O)=O JZMJDSHXVKJFKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- GICWIDZXWJGTCI-UHFFFAOYSA-I molybdenum pentachloride Chemical compound Cl[Mo](Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl GICWIDZXWJGTCI-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(O)=O CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- TXQIZBKYTFVWRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n,2-triethylhexan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CN(CC)CC TXQIZBKYTFVWRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYVGXEWAOAAJEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n,4-trimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 GYVGXEWAOAAJEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OENLNEZGRPNQDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-di(propan-2-yl)hexan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCN(C(C)C)C(C)C OENLNEZGRPNQDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXFXGJYVVIZSBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-di(propan-2-yl)octan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(C(C)C)C(C)C KXFXGJYVVIZSBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNIMBAXJIKTYOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-di(propan-2-yl)pentan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCN(C(C)C)C(C)C HNIMBAXJIKTYOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLMICMXXVVMDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-di(propan-2-yl)propan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCN(C(C)C)C(C)C DLMICMXXVVMDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVKQOPBXSVRTFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibutyl-2-ethylhexan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CN(CCCC)CCCC HVKQOPBXSVRTFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVDXVPFJGDNPTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibutyl-4-methylaniline Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 UVDXVPFJGDNPTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZPXKEPZZOEPGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibutylaniline Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 FZPXKEPZZOEPGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KFOQAMWOIJJNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibutylhexan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCN(CCCC)CCCC KFOQAMWOIJJNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMDQHLBJMHXBAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibutyloctan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(CCCC)CCCC PMDQHLBJMHXBAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HKJNHYJTVPWVGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethyl-4-methylaniline Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 HKJNHYJTVPWVGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORSUTASIQKBEFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylbutan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN(CC)CC ORSUTASIQKBEFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIXSDMKDSYXUMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylcyclohexanamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1CCCCC1 CIXSDMKDSYXUMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVUGARXRRGZONH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethyloctan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(CC)CC BVUGARXRRGZONH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZULHOOBWDXEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylpentan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCN(CC)CC YZULHOOBWDXEOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMFBQHXDINNBMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dipropylaniline Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 MMFBQHXDINNBMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VJIRBKSBSKOOLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dipropylbutan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCC)CCC VJIRBKSBSKOOLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KFXHGBDFXUDEBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dipropylhexan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCN(CCC)CCC KFXHGBDFXUDEBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QISQZMBDDZCOTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dipropyloctan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(CCC)CCC QISQZMBDDZCOTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQHCAESRELTRNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dipropylpentan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCN(CCC)CCC CQHCAESRELTRNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNTWDXBPWOKDLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzyl-n-butylaniline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1N(CCCC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VNTWDXBPWOKDLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSHKXFDHUIFHMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzyl-n-butylbutan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MSHKXFDHUIFHMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSZCJVZRHXPCIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzyl-n-ethylaniline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1N(CC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 HSZCJVZRHXPCIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWRDBWDXRLPESY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzyl-n-ethylethanamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZWRDBWDXRLPESY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJKDJKUSLNKNEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzyl-n-propan-2-ylaniline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1N(C(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 OJKDJKUSLNKNEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJZNJZWXOFGUFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzyl-n-propylaniline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1N(CCC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WJZNJZWXOFGUFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLFDIUNVGXCCPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzyl-n-propylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YLFDIUNVGXCCPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BBDGYADAMYMJNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyl-n-ethylbutan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN(CC)CCCC BBDGYADAMYMJNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEBPYKMCKZTFPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyl-n-propylbutan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCC)CCCC VEBPYKMCKZTFPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002826 nitrites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003518 norbornenyl group Chemical group C12(C=CC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002868 norbornyl group Chemical group C12(CCC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-biphenylenemethane Natural products C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006053 organic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SOWBFZRMHSNYGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxamic acid Chemical compound NC(=O)C(O)=O SOWBFZRMHSNYGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFPZCAJZSCWRBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-cymene Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 HFPZCAJZSCWRBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YHBDIEWMOMLKOO-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentachloroniobium Chemical compound Cl[Nb](Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl YHBDIEWMOMLKOO-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 125000003538 pentan-3-yl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005501 phase interface Effects 0.000 description 1
- HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphite(3-) Chemical class [O-]P([O-])[O-] AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005541 phosphonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZORAAXQLJQXLOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonamidous acid Chemical class NPO ZORAAXQLJQXLOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXCDUFKZSUBXGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric tribromide Chemical compound BrP(Br)(Br)=O UXCDUFKZSUBXGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus tribromide Chemical compound BrP(Br)Br IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011736 potassium bicarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PUDIUYLPXJFUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N praseodymium atom Chemical compound [Pr] PUDIUYLPXJFUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KRIOVPPHQSLHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propiophenone Chemical compound CCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KRIOVPPHQSLHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylamine Chemical group CCCN WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003233 pyrroles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003471 retinol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020944 retinol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011607 retinol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940108325 retinyl palmitate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019172 retinyl palmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011769 retinyl palmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhenium atom Chemical compound [Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001860 salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KZUNJOHGWZRPMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N samarium atom Chemical compound [Sm] KZUNJOHGWZRPMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAWABSHMGXMCRK-UHFFFAOYSA-L samarium(ii) iodide Chemical compound I[Sm]I UAWABSHMGXMCRK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- BHXBZLPMVFUQBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K samarium(iii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Sm](Cl)Cl BHXBZLPMVFUQBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQKZRWSUJHVIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sec-amyl acetate Natural products CCCC(C)OC(C)=O GQKZRWSUJHVIPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCKVNWZUADLDEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N sec-butyl acetate Chemical compound CCC(C)OC(C)=O DCKVNWZUADLDEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005049 silicon tetrachloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000019635 sulfation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005670 sulfation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005486 sulfidation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006277 sulfonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003459 sulfonic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEIMLTQPLAGXMX-UHFFFAOYSA-I tantalum(v) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Ta](Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl OEIMLTQPLAGXMX-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NUMQCACRALPSHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-Butyl ethyl ether Natural products CCOC(C)(C)C NUMQCACRALPSHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052716 thallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BKVIYDNLLOSFOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N thallium Chemical compound [Tl] BKVIYDNLLOSFOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000790 thymol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AXZWODMDQAVCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L tin(II) chloride (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Sn+2] AXZWODMDQAVCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- HPGGPRDJHPYFRM-UHFFFAOYSA-J tin(iv) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Sn](Cl)(Cl)Cl HPGGPRDJHPYFRM-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- YONPGGFAJWQGJC-UHFFFAOYSA-K titanium(iii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Ti](Cl)Cl YONPGGFAJWQGJC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- VPYJNCGUESNPMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triallylamine Chemical compound C=CCN(CC=C)CC=C VPYJNCGUESNPMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroborane Chemical compound ClB(Cl)Cl FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003866 trichloromethyl group Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- AJSTXXYNEIHPMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl borate Chemical compound CCOB(OCC)OCC AJSTXXYNEIHPMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILWRPSCZWQJDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN(CC)CC ILWRPSCZWQJDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GRGCWBWNLSTIEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(Cl)(=O)=O GRGCWBWNLSTIEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRECIMRULFAWHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl borate Chemical compound COB(OC)OC WRECIMRULFAWHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- MXSVLWZRHLXFKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylborane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1B(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MXSVLWZRHLXFKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHDIQVFFNDKAQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropan-2-yl borate Chemical compound CC(C)OB(OC(C)C)OC(C)C NHDIQVFFNDKAQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- HPICRATUQFHULE-UHFFFAOYSA-J uranium(4+);tetrachloride Chemical compound Cl[U](Cl)(Cl)Cl HPICRATUQFHULE-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 238000005292 vacuum distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQYCOEXWFMFWLR-UHFFFAOYSA-K vanadium(iii) chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Cl-].[V+3] HQYCOEXWFMFWLR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ytterbium Chemical compound [Yb] NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium atom Chemical compound [Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCMOZDDGXKIOLL-UHFFFAOYSA-K yttrium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Cl-].[Y+3] PCMOZDDGXKIOLL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000005074 zinc chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc sulfate Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000368 zinc sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011686 zinc sulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C403/00—Derivatives of cyclohexane or of a cyclohexene or of cyclohexadiene, having a side-chain containing an acyclic unsaturated part of at least four carbon atoms, this part being directly attached to the cyclohexane or cyclohexene or cyclohexadiene rings, e.g. vitamin A, beta-carotene, beta-ionone
- C07C403/06—Derivatives of cyclohexane or of a cyclohexene or of cyclohexadiene, having a side-chain containing an acyclic unsaturated part of at least four carbon atoms, this part being directly attached to the cyclohexane or cyclohexene or cyclohexadiene rings, e.g. vitamin A, beta-carotene, beta-ionone having side-chains substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
- C07C403/12—Derivatives of cyclohexane or of a cyclohexene or of cyclohexadiene, having a side-chain containing an acyclic unsaturated part of at least four carbon atoms, this part being directly attached to the cyclohexane or cyclohexene or cyclohexadiene rings, e.g. vitamin A, beta-carotene, beta-ionone having side-chains substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms by esterified hydroxy groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B63/00—Purification; Separation; Stabilisation; Use of additives
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01D—SEPARATION
- B01D11/00—Solvent extraction
- B01D11/04—Solvent extraction of solutions which are liquid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C1/00—Preparation of hydrocarbons from one or more compounds, none of them being a hydrocarbon
- C07C1/26—Preparation of hydrocarbons from one or more compounds, none of them being a hydrocarbon starting from organic compounds containing only halogen atoms as hetero-atoms
- C07C1/30—Preparation of hydrocarbons from one or more compounds, none of them being a hydrocarbon starting from organic compounds containing only halogen atoms as hetero-atoms by splitting-off the elements of hydrogen halide from a single molecule
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C45/00—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds
- C07C45/49—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by reaction with carbon monoxide
- C07C45/50—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by reaction with carbon monoxide by oxo-reactions
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C51/00—Preparation of carboxylic acids or their salts, halides or anhydrides
- C07C51/41—Preparation of salts of carboxylic acids
- C07C51/412—Preparation of salts of carboxylic acids by conversion of the acids, their salts, esters or anhydrides with the same carboxylic acid part
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C51/00—Preparation of carboxylic acids or their salts, halides or anhydrides
- C07C51/58—Preparation of carboxylic acid halides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C67/00—Preparation of carboxylic acid esters
- C07C67/14—Preparation of carboxylic acid esters from carboxylic acid halides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
- C07D295/185—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aliphatic carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D317/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D317/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
- C07D317/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings
- C07D317/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D317/34—Oxygen atoms
- C07D317/36—Alkylene carbonates; Substituted alkylene carbonates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/06—Phosphorus compounds without P—C bonds
- C07F9/08—Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus
- C07F9/141—Esters of phosphorous acids
- C07F9/142—Esters of phosphorous acids with hydroxyalkyl compounds without further substituents on alkyl
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/06—Phosphorus compounds without P—C bonds
- C07F9/08—Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus
- C07F9/141—Esters of phosphorous acids
- C07F9/145—Esters of phosphorous acids with hydroxyaryl compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
- C07F9/46—Phosphinous acids [R2POH], [R2P(= O)H]: Thiophosphinous acids including[R2PSH]; [R2P(=S)H]; Aminophosphines [R2PNH2]; Derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
- C07F9/48—Phosphonous acids [RP(OH)2] including [RHP(=O)(OH)]; Thiophosphonous acids including [RP(SH)2], [RHP(=S)(SH)]; Derivatives thereof
- C07F9/4808—Phosphonous acids [RP(OH)2] including [RHP(=O)(OH)]; Thiophosphonous acids including [RP(SH)2], [RHP(=S)(SH)]; Derivatives thereof the acid moiety containing a substituent or structure which is considered as characteristic
- C07F9/4841—Aromatic acids or derivatives (P-C aromatic linkage)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
- C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
- C07F9/52—Halophosphines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07F9/572—Five-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07F9/572—Five-membered rings
- C07F9/5728—Five-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/645—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07F9/6503—Five-membered rings
- C07F9/65031—Five-membered rings having the nitrogen atoms in the positions 1 and 2
- C07F9/65038—Five-membered rings having the nitrogen atoms in the positions 1 and 2 condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/6564—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms
- C07F9/6571—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07F9/6574—Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus
- C07F9/65746—Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus the molecule containing more than one cyclic phosphorus atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/6564—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms
- C07F9/6581—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus and nitrogen atoms with or without oxygen or sulfur atoms, as ring hetero atoms
- C07F9/6584—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus and nitrogen atoms with or without oxygen or sulfur atoms, as ring hetero atoms having one phosphorus atom as ring hetero atom
- C07F9/65848—Cyclic amide derivatives of acids of phosphorus, in which two nitrogen atoms belong to the ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2531/00—Catalysts comprising hydrides, coordination complexes or organic compounds
- C07C2531/02—Catalysts comprising hydrides, coordination complexes or organic compounds containing organic compounds or metal hydrides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
- C07C2601/16—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring the ring being unsaturated
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a process for the simplified separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an ionic liquid.
- a chemist frequently has the problem of neutralizing or trapping acids liberated during a chemical reaction or separating acids from reaction mixtures.
- Examples of reactions in which acids are liberated during the course of the reaction are the silylation of alcohols or amines by means of halosilanes, the phosphorylation of amines or alcohols by means of phosphorus halides, the formation of sulfonic esters or amides from alcohols or amines and sulfonic acid chlorides or anhydrides, eliminations and substitutions.
- the salt of the stronger base and the initially employed base (auxiliary base) which has now been liberated likewise have to be separated off from the desired product.
- the desired product which is present in the work-up can be decomposed by the added stronger base itself or further substances in this base, e.g. the water in an aqueous caustic alkali.
- the salts of the auxiliary base with the acid are generally not soluble in organic solvents and have high melting points, so that in organic media they form suspensions which are more difficult to handle than, for example, liquids. It would therefore be desirable to be able to separate off the salts of the auxiliary bases in liquid form.
- the known process engineering disadvantages of suspensions would be eliminated. These are, for example, the formation of encrustations, reduction of heat transfer, poor mixing and stirrability and the formation of regions where the concentration is too high or too low and hot spots.
- DE-A 197 24 884 and DE-A 198 26 936 disclose processes for preparing carbonyldiimidazoles by phosgenation of imidazoles, in which the resulting hydrochloride of the imidazole used as starting material is separated as a melt from the reaction mixture.
- DE-A 198 26 936 it is pointed out on page 3, line 5, that the hydrochloride of the imidazole is, surprisingly, liquid at 110-130° C. and melts significantly below the melting point of 158-161° C. reported in the literature.
- the inventors suggest either the formation of a eutectic mixture of the imidazole hydrochloride with the desired product carbonyldiimidazole or the formation of a ternary mixture of the imidazole hydrochloride, the desired product carbonyldiimidazole and the chlorobenzene solvent.
- the imidazole hydrochloride should not have been present in liquid form, this was surprisingly the case in this specific system. Applicability of this concept to reactions other than the phosgenation of imidazoles is not described.
- An advantage for industrial purposes of the process of the present invention is that the auxiliary can be separated off by means of a simple liquid-liquid phase separation, so that the process engineering complications associated with handling solids are eliminated.
- the work-up of the auxiliaries can be carried out in the absence of the desired product, so that the latter is subjected to less stress.
- the invention described here achieves the abovementioned object by reaction mixtures containing or subsequently being admixed with auxiliary bases whose salts with acids liberated during the course of the reaction or added acids, i.e. acids which are not liberated during the reaction, are liquid under the reaction conditions and/or work-up conditions and form a phase which is immiscible with the (possibly dissolved) desired product.
- Such liquid salts are often referred to as ionic liquids.
- the acids to be bound can either be present in free form in the reaction mixture or can form a complex or an adduct with the desired product or another substance present in the reaction mixture.
- Lewis acids in particular tend to form complexes with substances such as ketones. These complexes can be split by means of the auxiliary base, so that the salt of the auxiliary base and the Lewis acid to be separated off is formed according to the invention.
- the auxiliary bases can be inorganic or organic bases, preferably organic bases.
- immiscible or not miscible means that at least two liquid phases separated by a phase interface (boundary) are formed.
- an auxiliary e.g. a solvent
- a solubility of the salt in the desired product or vice versa is 20% by weight or more, preferably 15% by weight or more, particularly preferably 10% by weight or more and very particularly preferably 5% by weight of more.
- the solubility is determined under the conditions of the respective separation.
- the solubility is preferably determined at a temperature which is above the melting point of the salt and below the lowest of the following temperatures, particularly preferably 10° C. below the lowest and very particularly preferably 20° C. below the lowest:
- the solvent is regarded as suitable when the mixture of desired product and solvent is able to dissolve less than the abovementioned amounts of the salt, or the salt is able to dissolve less than the abovementioned amounts of the desired product or a mixture of desired product and solvent.
- Solvents which can be used are, for example, benzene, toluene, o-, m- or p-xylene, mesitylene, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, petroleum ether, acetone, isobutyl methyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, tert-butyl ethyl ether, tetrahydrouran, dioxane, ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetonitrile, chloroform, dichloromethane, methylchloroform or mixtures thereof.
- the desired product is generally a nonpolar organic or inorganic compound.
- Chemical reactions on which the invention can be based are all reactions in which acids are liberated, with the exception of phosgenations, particularly preferably with the exception of acylations, i.e. reactions of acid halides and carboxylic anhydrides.
- the process of the present invention can also be employed to separate off an acid from a reaction mixture to which an acid which is not liberated during the reaction has been added, for example to adjust the pH or to catalyze a reaction.
- Lewis acids which have been used as catalysts for Friedel-Crafts alkylations or acylations can be separated off in a simple way.
- the acids to be separated off according to the present invention can be Brönsted acids and Lewis acids.
- the designations of acids as Brönsted and Lewis acids is described in Hollemann-Wiberg, Lehrbuch der Anorganischen Chemie, 91st-100th edition, Walter de Gruyter, Berlin N.Y. 1985, p. 235 or p. 239.
- Lewis acids for the purposes of the present invention also include the Lewis acids used as Friedel-Crafts catalysts and described in George A. Olah, Friedel-Crafts and Related Reactions, Vol. I, 191 to 197, 201 and 284-90 (1963). Examples which may be mentioned are aluminum trichloride (AlCl 3 ), iron(III) chloride (FeCl 3 ), aluminum tribromide (AlBr 3 ) and zinc chloride (ZnCl 2 ).
- the Lewis acids which can be separated off according to the present invention contain cationic forms of the metals of groups Ib, IIb, IIIa, IIIb, IVa, IVb, Va, Vb, VIb, VIIb and VIII of the Periodic Table of the Elements and the rare earths, for example lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium or lutetium.
- the rare earths for example lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium or lutetium.
- Possible counterions for the Lewis acid are F ⁇ , Cl ⁇ , ClO ⁇ , ClO 3 ⁇ , ClO 4 ⁇ , Br ⁇ , J ⁇ , JO 3 ⁇ , CN ⁇ , OCN ⁇ , SCN ⁇ , NO 2 ⁇ , NO 3 ⁇ , HCO 3 ⁇ , CO 3 2 ⁇ , S 2 ⁇ , SH ⁇ , HSO 3 ⁇ , SO 3 2 ⁇ , HSO 4 ⁇ , SO 4 2 ⁇ , S 2 O 2 2 ⁇ , S 2 O 4 2 ⁇ , S 2 O 5 2 ⁇ , S 2 O 6 2 ⁇ , S 2 O 7 2 ⁇ , S 2 O 8 2 ⁇ , H 2 PO 2 ⁇ , H 2 PO 4 ⁇ , HPO 4 2 ⁇ , PO 4 3 ⁇ , P 2 O 7 4 ⁇ , dithiocarbamate, salicylate, (OC n H 2n+1 ) ⁇ , (C n H 2n ⁇ 1 O
- carboxylates in particular formate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, propionate, hexanoate and 2-ethylhexanoate, stearate and oxalate, acetylacetonate, tartrate, acrylate and methacrylate, preferably formate, acetate, propionate, oxalate, acetylacetonate, acrylate and methacrylate.
- borohydrides and organoboron compounds of the formulae BR′′′′ 3 and B(OR′′′′) 3 where the radicals R′′′′ are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, C 1 -C 18 -alkyl, C 2 -C 18 -alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C 6 -C 12 -aryl, C 5 -C 12 -cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle or two of them together form an unsaturated, saturated or aromatic ring which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles.
- R′′′′
- Lewis acids are, in addition to the AlCl 3 , FeCl 3 , AlBr 3 and ZnCl 2 mentioned above, BeCl 2 , ZnBr 2 , Znl 2 , ZnSO 4 , CuCl 2 , CuCl, Cu(O 3 SCF 3 ) 2 , CoCl 2 , CoI 2 , FeI 2 , FeCl 2 , FeCl 2 (THF) 2 , TiCl 4 (THF) 2 , TiCl 4 , TiCl 3 , CiTi(OiPr) 3 , SnCl 2 , SnCl 4 , Sn(SO 4 ), Sn(SO 4 ) 2 , MnCl 2 , MnBr 2 , ScCl 3 , BPh 3 , BCl 3 , BBr 3 , BF 3 .OEt 2 , BF 3 .OMe 2 , BF 3 .MeOH, BF 3 .CH
- the Lewis acids can be stabilized by alkali metal halides or alkaline earth metal halides, for example LiCl or NaCl.
- the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal halides are mixed into the Lewis acid in a molar ratio of 0-100:1.
- halogen or Hal is fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br) or iodine (I), preferably chlorine.
- Compounds reacted in a silylation, phosphorylation or sulfuration are in general compounds which have at least one free O—H, S—H or N—H bond, possibly after deprotonation by the auxiliary base.
- auxiliary base it is possible according to the present invention to use a compound which reacts with the acid liberated during the reaction to form a salt which
- this auxiliary base can, additionally and preferably,
- Such compounds which can be used as bases may contain phosphorus, sulfur or nitrogen atoms, for example at least one nitrogen atom, preferably from one to ten nitrogen atoms, particularly preferably from one to five nitrogen atoms, very particularly preferably from one to three nitrogen atoms and in particular one or two nitrogen atoms. Further heteroatoms such as oxygen, sulfur or phosphorus atoms may also be present.
- Particularly preferred compounds have a molecular weight of less than 1000 g/mol, very particularly preferably less than 500 g/mol and in particular less than 250 g/mol.
- preferred bases are compounds selected from among the compounds of the formulae (Ia) to (Ir), and also oligomers or polymers comprising these structures, where R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, C 1 -C 18 -alkyl, C 2 -C 18 -alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C 6 -C 12 -aryl, C 5 -C 12 -cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle or two of them may together form an unsaturated, saturated or aromatic ring which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, ary
- C 1 -C 18 -alkyl which may be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl, benzhydryl, p-
- C 2 -C 18 -alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups is, for example, 5-hydroxy-3-oxapentyl, 8-hydroxy-3,6-dioxaoctyl, 11-hydroxy-3,6,9-trioxaundecyl, 7-hydroxy-4-oxaheptyl, 11-hydroxy-4,8-dioxaundecyl, 15-hydroxy-4,8,12-trioxapentadecyl, 9-hydroxy-5-oxanonyl, 14-hydroxy-5,10-oxatetradecyl, 5-methoxy-3-oxapentyl, 8-methoxy-3,6-dioxaoctyl, 11-methoxy-3,6,9-trioxaundecyl, 7-methoxy-4-oxaheptyl, 11-methoxy-4,8
- radicals can together become 1,3-propylene, 1,4-butylene, 2-oxa-1,3-propylene, 1-oxa-1,3-propylene, 2-oxa-1,3-propylene, 1-oxa-1,3-propenylene, 1-aza-1,3-propenylene, 1-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl-1-aza-1,3-propenylene, 1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene, 1-aza-1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene or 2-aza-1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene.
- the number of oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or imino groups is not restricted. In general, it is not more than 5 in the one radical, preferably not more than 4 and very particularly preferably not more than 3.
- At least one carbon atom is/are generally located between two heteroatoms.
- Substituted and unsubstituted imino groups can be, for example, imino, methylimino, isopropylimino, n-butylimino or tert-butylimino.
- C 6 -C 12 -aryl which may be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles is, for example, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, ⁇ -naphthyl, ⁇ -naphthyl, 4-biphenylyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, trichlorophenyl, difluorophenyl, methylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, trimethylphenyl, ethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, isopropylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, dodecylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, hexyloxyphenyl, methylnaphthyl, isopropylnaphthyl, chloronap
- C 5 -C 12 -cycloalkyl which may be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles is, for example, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, cyclododecyl, methylcyclopentyl, dimethylcyclopentyl, methylcyclohexyl, dimethylcyclohexyl, diethylcyclohexyl, butylcyclohexyl, methoxycyclohexyl, dimethoxycyclohexyl, diethoxycyclohexyl, butylthiocyclohexyl, chlorocyclohexyl, dichlorocyclohexyl, dichlorocyclopentyl or a saturated or unsaturated bicyclic system such as norbornyl or norbornenyl,
- a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle is, for example, furyl, thiophenyl, pyrryl, pyridyl, indolyl, benzoxazolyl, dioxolyl, dioxyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, dimethylpyridyl, methylquinolyl, dimethylpyrryl, methoxyfuryl, dimethoxypyridyl, difluoropyridyl, methylthiophenyl, isopropylthiophenyl or tert-butylthiophenyl and
- C 1 -C 4 -alkyl is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each being, independently of one another, hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-(methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(n-butoxycarbonyl)ethyl, dimethylamino, diethylamino and chlorine.
- Particularly preferred pyridines (Ia) are those in which one of the radicals R 1 to R 5 is methyl, ethyl or chlorine and all others are hydrogen, or R 3 is dimethylamino and all others are hydrogen or all are hydrogen or R 2 is carboxy or carboxamide and all others are hydrogen or R 1 and R 2 or R 2 and R 3 are 1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene and all others are hydrogen.
- Particularly preferred pyridazines (Ib) are those in which one of the radicals R 1 to R 4 is methyl or ethyl and all others are hydrogen or all are hydrogen.
- Particularly preferred pyrimidines (Ic) are those in which R 2 to R 4 are each hydrogen or methyl and R 1 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl, or R 2 and R 4 are each methyl, R 3 is hydrogen and R 1 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
- Particularly preferred pyrazines (Id) are those in which R 1 to R 4 are all methyl or all hydrogen.
- Particularly preferred imidazoles (Ie) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 is selected from among methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-octyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 2-cyanoethyl and
- R 2 to R 4 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
- Particularly preferred 1H-pyrazoles (If) are those in which, independently of one another
- R 1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl
- R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are selected from among hydrogen or methyl.
- Particularly preferred 3H-pyrazoles (Ig) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl
- R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 4H-pyrazoles (Ih) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 to R 4 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 1-pyrazolines (Ii) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 to R 6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 2-pyrazolines (Ij) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl
- R 2 to R 6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 3-pyrazolines (Ik) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 and R 2 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl, and
- R 3 to R 6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred imidazolines (II) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 and R 2 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl and phenyl,
- R 3 and R 4 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl
- R 5 and R 6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred imidazolines (Im) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 and R 2 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl, and
- R 3 to R 6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred imidazolines (In) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl, and
- R 4 to R 6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred thiazoles (Io) and oxazoles (Ip) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl
- R 2 and R 3 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 1,2,4-triazoles (Iq) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 and R 2 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl, and
- R 3 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl and phenyl.
- Particularly preferred 1,2,3-triazoles (Ir) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R 1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl
- R 2 and R 3 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl or
- R 2 and R 3 together form 1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene and all others are hydrogen.
- the pyridines and the imidazoles are preferred.
- Very particularly preferred bases are 3-chloropyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 2-ethyl-4-aminopyridine, 2-methylpyridine ( ⁇ -picoline), 3-methylpyridine ( ⁇ -picoline), 4-methylpyridine ( ⁇ -picoline), 2-ethylpyridine, 2-ethyl-6-methylpyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, 1-C 1 -C 4 -alkylimidazole, 1-methylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 1-n-butylimidazole, 1,4,5-trimethylimidazole, 1,4-dimethylimidazole, imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 1-butyl-2-methylimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 1-n-pentylimidazole, 1-n-hexylimidazole, 1-n-octylimidazole, 1-(2′-aminoethyl)imidazole, 2-ethyl-4
- R a , R b and R c each being, independently of one another, C 1 -C 18 -alkyl, C 6 -C 12 -aryl or C 5 -C 12 -cycloalkyl, particularly preferably C 1 -C 18 -alkyl, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles.
- R a , R b and R c are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl (n-amyl), 2-pentyl (sec-amyl), 3-pentyl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl (neopentyl), n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, ⁇ -naphthyl, ⁇ -naphthyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohex
- radicals R a , R b and R c form a chain, this can be, for example, 1,4-butylene or 1,5-pentylene.
- tertiary amines of the formula (XI) are diethyl-n-butylamine, diethyl-tert-butylamine, diethyl-n-pentylamine, diethylhexylamine, diethyloctylamine, diethyl(2-ethylhexyl)amine, di-n-propylbutylamine, di-n-propyl-n-pentylamine, di-n-propylhexylamine, di-n-propyloctylamine, di-n-propyl(2-ethylhexyl)amine, diisopropylethylamine, diisopropyl-n-propylamine, diisopropylbutylamine, diisopropylpentylamine, diisopropylhexylamine, diisopropyloctylamine, diisopropyl(2-ethylhexyl)amine,
- Preferred tertiary amines (XI) are diisopropylethylamine, diethyl-tert-butylamine, diisopropylbutylamine, di-n-butyl-n-pentylamine, N,N-di-n-butylcyclohexylamine and also tertiary amines derived from pentyl isomers.
- tertiary amines are di-n-butyl-n-pentylamine and tertiary amines derived from pentyl isomers.
- a tertiary amine which is likewise preferred and can be used according to the present invention but, in contrast to those mentioned above, has three identical radicals is triallylamine.
- Tertiary amines preferably amines of the formula (XI) are generally preferred over heterocyclic compounds, for example compounds of the formulae (Ia) to (Ir), when the basicity of the latter auxiliary bases is not sufficient for the reaction, for example for eliminations.
- Acids which can form salts with these bases are, for example, hydroiodic acid (HI), hydrogen fluoride (HF), hydrogen chloride (HCl), nitric acid (HNO 3 ), nitrous acid (HNO 2 ), hydrobromic acid (HBr), carbonic acid (H 2 CO 3 ), hydrogencarbonate (HCO 3 —), methylcarbonic acid (HO(CO)OCH 3 ), ethylcarbonic acid (HO(CO)OC 2 H 5 ), n-butylcarbonic acid, sulfuric acid (H 2 SO 4 ), hydrogensulfate (HSO 4 ⁇ ), methylsulfuric acid (HO(SO 2 )OCH 3 ), ethylsulfuric acid (HO(SO 2 )OC 2 H 5 ), phosphoric acid (H 3 PO 4 ), dihydrogenphosphate (H 2 PO 4 ⁇ ), formic acid (HCOOH), acetic acid (CH 3 COOH), propionic acid, n-butyric acid and isobut
- separating off Brönsted acids these are separated off without large proportions of Lewis acids, i.e. the molar ratio of Brönsted acids to Lewis acids in the separated-off salt of the acid with the auxiliary base is greater than 4:1, preferably greater than 5:1, particularly preferably greater than 7:1, very particularly preferably greater than 9:1 and in particular greater than 20:1.
- auxiliary bases whose salts with acids have a melting point at which no significant decomposition of the desired product occurs, i.e. less than 10 mol % per hour, preferably less than 5 mol %/h, particularly preferably less than 2 mol %/h and very particularly preferably less than 1 mol %/h, during the process of separating off the salt as liquid phase.
- the melting point of the salts of the particularly preferred auxiliary bases are generally below 160° C., particularly preferably below 100° C. and very particularly preferably below 80° C.
- auxiliary bases very particularly preference is given to those whose salts have an E T (30) value of >35, preferably >40, particularly preferably >42.
- the E T (30) value is a measure of the polarity and is described by C. Reichardt in Reichardt, Christian Solvent Effects in Organic Chemistry Weinheim: VCH, 1979. —XI, (Monographs in Modern Chemistry; 3), ISBN 3-527-25793-4 page 241.
- An especially preferred base which, for example, achieves the object of the present invention is 1-methylimidazole.
- the use of 1-methylimidazole as base is mentioned in, for example, DE-A 35 02 106, but that document does not recognize its utility as ionic liquid.
- 1-methylimidazole is effective as a nucleophilic catalyst [Julian Chojnowski, Marek Cypryk, Witold Fortuniak, Heteroatom. Chemistry, 1991, 2, 63-70]. Chojnowski et al. have found that, compared to triethylamine, 1-methylimidazole accelerates the phosphorylation of t-butanol by a factor of 33 and the silylation of pentamethyldisiloxanole by a factor of 930.
- the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole has a melting point of about 75° C. and is essentially immiscible with nonpolar organic products such as diethoxyphenylphosphine, triethyl phosphite, ethoxydiphenylphosphine, alkyl ketene dimers, alkoxysilanes or esters, or solvents.
- nonpolar organic products such as diethoxyphenylphosphine, triethyl phosphite, ethoxydiphenylphosphine, alkyl ketene dimers, alkoxysilanes or esters, or solvents.
- 1-methylimidazole HCl forms two immiscible phases even with acetone.
- 1-Methylimidazole can act both as auxiliary base and nucleophilic catalyst and can be separated from organic media as liquid hydrochloride by means of a simple liquid-liquid phase separation.
- 1-butylimidazole instead of 1-methylimidazole, it is also possible to use 1-butylimidazole.
- the hydrochloride of 1-butylimidazole is liquid down to room temperature, so that 1-butylimidazole can be used as auxiliary base and catalyst for reactions in which substances which decompose at temperatures above room temperature are handled.
- the acetate and formate of 1-methylimidazole are likewise liquid at room temperature.
- imidazole whose salts have an E T (30) of >35, preferably >40, particularly preferably >42, and have a melting point at which no significant decomposition of the desired product occurs during the process of separating off the salt as a liquid phase.
- the polar salts of these imidazoles form, as indicated above, two immiscible phases with relatively nonpolar organic media.
- a further especially preferred base which meets the requirements of the present invention is 2-ethylpyridine.
- the use of various pyridines as auxiliary bases is described in, for example, DE 198 50 624, but its utility as ionic liquid is not recognized there.
- Pyridine itself and derivatives of pyridine are known as nucleophilic catalysts to those skilled in the art [Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 3 rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1985, p. 294, 334, 347].
- hydrochloride of 2-ethylpyridine has a melting point of about 55° C. and is immiscible with nonpolar organic products (see above) or solvents.
- 2-Ethylpyridine can thus serve simultaneously as auxiliary base and nucleophilic catalyst and can be separated off from organic media as liquid hydrochloride by means of a simple liquid-liquid phase separation.
- reaction is not restricted and can, according to the present invention, be carried out batchwise or continuously with the acids liberated or added being neutralized/trapped, in the presence or absence of a nucleophilic catalyst and in air or under a protective gas atmosphere.
- the invention further provides a process for separating the above-described auxiliary bases or auxiliary bases which are used as nucleophilic catalysts from a reaction mixture by admixing the reaction mixture with at least one mol of acid per mol of auxiliary base. This makes it possible to separate off such auxiliary bases as ionic liquids by means of a liquid-liquid separation.
- the salt of the auxiliary base which has been separated off from the desired product can be treated in a manner known to those skilled in the art to recover the free base and the latter can be returned to the process.
- a strong base e.g. NaOH, KOH, Ca(OH) 2 , milk of lime, Na 2 CO 3 , NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 or KHCO 3 , if appropriate in a solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol or isopropanol, n-butanol, n-pentanol or butanol or pentanol isomer mixtures or acetone, to liberate the free base.
- a strong base e.g. NaOH, KOH, Ca(OH) 2
- milk of lime Na 2 CO 3 , NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 or KHCO 3
- a solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol or isopropanol, n-butanol, n-pentanol or butanol or pentanol isomer mixtures or acetone
- the auxiliary base which has been liberated in this way can be separated off if it forms a separate phase or, if it is miscible with the salt of the stronger base or the solution of the salt of the stronger base, can be separated off from the mixture by distillation. If necessary, the liberated auxiliary base can also be separated from the salt of the stronger base or the solution of the salt of the stronger base by extraction with an extractant. Examples of extractants are solvents, alcohols or amines.
- the auxiliary base can be washed with water or aqueous NaCl or Na 2 SO 4 solution and subsequently dried, e.g. by removal of any water present with the aid of an azeotropic distillation using benzene, toluene, xylene, butanol or cyclohexane.
- the base can be distilled before reuse.
- a further possible method of recirculation is to distill the salt of the auxiliary base so as to decompose it thermally into its starting components, i.e. the free base and the trapped acid.
- the lower-boiling component of the salt is distilled off, while the higher-boiling component remains in the bottoms.
- the free auxiliary base is either the low boiler or the high boiler.
- 1-butylimidazole formate can be separated by distillation into formic acid (top product) and 1-butylimidazole (bottom product), as described in EP-A 181 078.
- a preferred embodiment comprises distilling off the desired product from a reaction mixture in the presence of the protonated form of the auxiliary base and subsequently, after the desired product has been largely removed, setting the auxiliary base free by means of a strong base and subsequently distilling the free auxiliary base.
- the reaction mixture can be the product of a chemical reaction or a stream from a distillation or rectification, for example an azeotropic mixture which has been admixed with an ionic liquid as entrainer.
- the separation can also be carried out in the reverse order by firstly setting the auxiliary base free by means of a strong base and subsequently distilling the auxiliary base in the presence of the desired product and only then distilling the desired product. This is particularly advantageous when the desired product is not decomposed by the strong base used.
- the same principle can also be employed when the protonated form of the auxiliary base is used as acid catalyst, i.e. instead of an acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid or formic acid, its salt with an auxiliary base is used as ionic liquid in a reaction.
- an acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid or formic acid
- its salt with an auxiliary base is used as ionic liquid in a reaction.
- an acid catalyst is neutralized by chemical reaction with an auxiliary base which forms a liquid salt with the acid catalyst used, so that the catalyst which has been deactivated in this way can be separated off in a simple liquid-liquid separation.
- the distillation of an ionic liquid can also be carried out in the absence of the desired product, for example by distilling the ionic liquid from a phase separation or a liquid-liquid extraction.
- the ionic liquid i.e. the auxiliary base in protonated form
- the ionic liquid can also contain a proportion of desired product or possibly solvent, in general less than 10% by weight in each case, preferably less than 5% by weight each, particularly preferably less than 3% by weight each.
- desired product and residual solvent can firstly be removed from the ionic liquid, for example by vacuum distillation or stripping with an inert gas such as nitrogen, and the auxiliary base can subsequently be set free by means of a strong base and purified by distillation or rectification.
- a purified base can then be recirculated to the process at any time.
- the auxiliary base can be recovered by setting it free by means of a strong base and distilling it and be recirculated, as described above.
- Preferred phosphorylations which can be carried out using the process of the present invention are reactions in which phosphorus compounds, for example phosphines, phosphinic esters, phosphinous esters (phosphinites), phosphonic esters, phosphonic halides, phosphonamides, phosphonous esters (phosphonites), phosphonous amides, phosphonous halides, phosphoric esters, phosphoric diester halides, phosphoric diester amides, phosphoric ester dihalides, phosphoric ester diamides, phosphorous esters (phosphites), phosphorous diester halides, phosphorous diester amides, phosphorous ester dihalides or phosphorous ester diamides, are formed and an acid which forms a salt as described above with the auxiliary base is eliminated.
- phosphorus compounds for example phosphines, phosphinic esters, phosphinous esters (phosphinites), phosphonic esters, phospho
- R, R′ and R′′ are any radicals
- X and X′ are halides or pseudohalides, for example F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OCN or SCN, or unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups and Z is oxygen, sulfur or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted nitrogen atom.
- Such bridged compounds having two phosphorus atoms can be, for example:
- diphosphites (RO)(R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(OR′′)(OR′′′) (formula II), diphosphonites (RO)R′P—O-Z-O—PR′′(OR′′′) (formula III), diphosphinites (R)(R′)P—O-Z-O—P(R′′)(R′′′) (formula IV), phosphite-phosphonites (RO)(R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(OR′′)(R′′′) (formula V), phosphite-phosphinites (RO)(R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(R′′)(R′′′) (formula VI), phosphonite-phosphinites (R)(R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(R′′)(R′′′) (formula VII), Where R, R′, R′′ and R′′′ can be any organic radicals and Z can be any divalent bridge.
- the organic radicals can each be, independently of one another, a linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, aromatic or aliphatic radical having up to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. C 1 -C 18 -alkyl, C 2 -C 18 -alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C 2 -C 18 -alkenyl, C 6 -C 12 -aryl, C 5 -C 12 -cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles.
- a linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, aromatic or aliphatic radical having up to 20 carbon atoms, e.g.
- Phosphorus compounds having one phosphorus atom are, for example, compounds of the formula (VIII) P(X 1 R 7 )(X 2 R 8 )(X 3 R 9 ) (VIII) where X 1 , X 2 , X 3 are each, independently of one another, oxygen, sulfur, NR 10 or a single bond R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 are, independently of one another, identical or different organic radicals.
- Phosphorus compounds having two phosphorus atoms are, for example, compounds of the formula (IX) where X 11 , X 12 , X 13 , X 21 , X 22 , X 23 are each, independently of one another, oxygen, sulfur, NR 10 or a single bond, R 11 , R 12 are, independently of one another, identical or different, individual or bridged organic radicals, R 21 , R 22 are, independently of one another, identical or different, individual or bridged organic radicals, Y is a bridging group.
- the phosphorus compounds described are suitable, for example, as ligands for catalysts for the hydrocyanation of butadiene to give a mixture of isomeric pentenenitriles.
- the catalysts are generally suitable for all customary hydrocyanation processes.
- their use for hydrogenation, hydroformylation, hydrocarboxylation, hydroamidation, hydroesterification and aldol condensation is conceivable.
- Such catalysts can have one or more of the phosphorus compounds as ligands.
- the catalysts can have at least one further ligand selected from among cyanide, halides, amines, carboxylates, acetylacetone, arylsulfonates and alkylsulfonates, hydride, CO, olefins, dienes, cycloolefines, nitriles, N-containing heterocycles, aromatics and heteroaromatics, ethers, PF 3 and monodentate, bidentate and polydentate phosphine, phosphinite, phosphonite and phosphite ligands.
- further ligands can likewise be monodentate, bidentate or polydentate and can coordinate to the metal.
- Further suitable phosphorus-containing ligands are, for example, the phosphine, phosphinite and phosphite ligands described above as prior art.
- the metal is preferably a metal of transition group VIII, particularly preferably cobalt, rhodium, ruthenium, palladium or nickel in any oxidation state. If the catalysts according to the present invention are used for hydrocyanation, the metal is a metal of transition group VIII, in particular nickel.
- nickel it can be present in various oxidation states, e.g. 0, +1, +2, +3. Preference is given to nickel(0) and nickel(+2), in particular nickel(0).
- catalytically active species are generally formed under hydroformylation conditions from the catalysts or catalyst precursors used in each case.
- cobalt for this purpose, preference is given to using cobalt, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, platinum, osmium or iridium, in particular cobalt, rhodium and ruthenium, in any oxidation states as metal.
- a dihalophosphorus(III) compound with a monoalcohol to form a diester.
- this compound can be isolated and/or purified by known methods, e.g. by distillation, prior to being reacted further.
- This diester is then, for example, reacted with a diol to form the bidentate phosphonite ligand. If symmetrical ligands are to be obtained, two equivalents of the diester can be reacted in a single-stage reaction with one equivalent of the diol. Otherwise, one equivalent of the diester is firstly reacted with one equivalent of the diol and, after formation of the monocondensation product, a second diol is added and reacted further to form the phosphorus compound.
- the acid liberated in the reaction can, according to the present invention, be neutralized by means of one of the abovementioned auxiliary bases to form a liquid salt, so that the synthesis can be considerably simplified.
- Organodiphosphonites of the formula III and catalyst systems in which such organodiphosphonites are present are known, for example from WO 99/64155.
- WO 99/64155 describes the reaction of R′PCl 2 with one mol of ROH and subsequent reaction of the (RO)R′PCl obtained with half a mol, based on one mol of (RO)R′PCl, of a compound HO-Z-OH at from 40 to about 200° C.
- the elimination of the hydrogen halide in the first step preferably occurs purely thermally.
- both steps should be carried out in the presence of a base.
- the processes known from the prior art e.g. that known from WO 99/64155, are carried out analogously for preparing the abovementioned phosphorus compounds, except that, according to the present invention, an auxiliary base as described above is used and the liberated acid is separated from the reaction mixture by means of the auxiliary base, with the auxiliary base and the acid forming, as mentioned above, a salt which is liquid at temperatures at which the phosphorus compound is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt and the salt of the auxiliary base forming two immiscible liquid phases with the phosphorus compound or the solution of the phosphorus compound in a suitable solvent.
- the phosphorus compounds mentioned can, for example, be prepared as follows:
- the starting materials are, if appropriate as solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions in a solvent, mixed with one another in the desired stoichiometric ratios. It can be useful to divide the starting materials into one or more compositions, i.e. separate streams, so that the reaction does not take place prior to mixing.
- the auxiliary base which, according to the present invention, forms a liquid salt with the acid can be mixed into one or more of these streams or be introduced into the reaction as a separate stream in addition to these streams. It is also possible, although less preferred, to add the auxiliary base only after the reaction for the purpose of separating off the acid.
- the starting materials or the compositions mentioned are fed into a reactor and reacted with one another under reaction conditions which lead to reaction of the starting materials to form the product.
- reaction conditions depend on the starting materials used and the desired products and are indicated in the prior art mentioned in the present text.
- the reaction can be carried out continuously, semicontinuously or batchwise.
- the temperature generally ranges from 40° C. to 200° C.
- the pressure is not critical according to the present invention and can be subatmospheric, superatmospheric or atmospheric pressure, for example from 10 mbar to 10 bar, preferably from 20 mbar to 5 bar, particularly preferably from 50 mbar to 2 bar and in particular from 100 mbar to 1.5 bar.
- the residence time of the reaction mixture in the reactor can be from a few seconds to a number of hours and depends on the reaction temperature and, generally to a lesser extent, on the pressure applied.
- a short residence time i.e. from a few seconds to about 2 hours, preferably from 1 second to 2 hours, particularly preferably from 1 second to 1 hour, very particularly preferably from 1 second to 30 minutes, in particular from 1 second to 15 minutes and most preferably from 1 second to 5 minutes.
- the preparation of the phosphorus compounds, preferably compounds having a plurality of phosphorus atoms, particularly compounds having 2 or 3 and very particularly preferably 2 phosphorus atoms, from the respective starting materials is carried out continuously at from 60° C. to 150° C., preferably at a temperature above the melting point of the salt of the respective auxiliary base with the acid liberated and up to 130° C., at a residence time of less than 1 hour, preferably less than 30 minutes, particularly preferably less than 15 minutes, very particularly preferably from 1 second to 5 minutes, in particular from 1 second to 1 minute and most preferably from 1 to 30 seconds.
- the replacement of substituents on the phosphorus atoms is suppressed, so that it is possible to prepare compounds having a plurality of phosphorus atoms, for example compounds of the formula (IX), and phosphorus compounds having mixed substituents, for example compounds of the formula (VIII) with different radicals R 7 , R 8 and/or R 9 , under predominantly kinetic control without the substituents on the phosphorus atom/atoms being exchanged as a result of equilibration.
- reactors it is possible to use apparatuses known per se to a person skilled in the art, for example one or more cascaded stirred tanks or tube reactors with internal and/or external heating facilities and preferably jet nozzle reactors or reaction mixing pumps.
- phase separator or a mixer-settler apparatus.
- the phase comprising predominantly ionic liquid is separated from the phase comprising predominantly the desired reaction product at a temperature at which the salt of the auxiliary base with the acid is liquid. If necessary, solvent can be added to accelerate phase separation.
- the auxiliary base can, as described above, be recovered from the phase comprising predominantly ionic liquid.
- the desired reaction product can be isolated from the phase in which it is present and/or purified by methods known per se, for example by distillation, rectification, extraction, fractional or simple crystallization, membrane separation processes, chromatography or combinations thereof.
- the solvents used in the reaction can be the solvents listed above.
- the auxiliary base used in the reaction is generally used in a stoichiometric amount, based on the amount of acid expected, or a slight excess, for example from 100 to 200 mol % based on the amount of acid expected, preferably from 100 to 150 mol % and particularly preferably from 105 to 125 mol %.
- the starting materials for preparing the desired phosphorus compounds are known per se to those skilled in the art or can readily be obtained by known methods and are mentioned, for example, in the prior art mentioned in the present text.
- the stoichiometric ratios in which the starting materials are to be reacted are likewise known or can readily be deduced.
- the starting materials are preferably used as liquids or melts, and for this purpose may be dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. However, it is of course also possible to use at least some of the starting materials as solids.
- the solvent is generally used in such an amount that the mixture is liquid, for example as a solution or dispersion.
- concentrations of the starting materials based on the total amount of solution or dispersion are from 5 to 95% by weight, preferably from 10 to 90% by weight, particularly preferably from 25 to 90% by weight and very particularly preferably from 50 to 90% by weight.
- the compound (VIII) may be a single compound or a mixture of various compounds of the abovementioned formula.
- X 1 , X 2 , X 3 are each, independently of one another, oxygen, sulfur, NR 10 or a single bond.
- R 10 is hydrogen or an organic radical having 1-10 carbon atoms, preferably hydrogen, phenyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, which for the purposes of the present text refers to methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl.
- the compound (VIII) is a phosphine of the formula P(R 7 R 8 R 9 ), where R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined in the present description.
- the compound (VIII) is a phosphinite of the formula P(OR 7 )(R 8 )(R 9 ) or P(R 7 )(OR 8 )(R 9 ) or P(R 7 )(R 8 )(OR 9 ) where R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined in the present description.
- the compound (VIII) is a phosphonite of the formula P(OR 7 )(OR 8 )(R 9 ) or P(R 7 )(OR 8 )(OR 9 ) or P(OR 7 )(R 8 )(OR 9 ) where R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined in the present description.
- all of the groups X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are oxygen, so that the compound (VIII) is advantageously a phosphite of the formula P(OR 7 )(OR 8 )(OR 9 ) where R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are as defined in the present description.
- R 7 , R 8 , R 9 are, independently of one another, identical or different organic radicals.
- R 7 , R 8 and R 9 may be, independently of one another, alkyl radicals, advantageously alkyl radicals having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, aryl groups such as phenyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, p-fluorophenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, or hydrocarbyl, advantageously hydrocarbyl having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. 1,1′-biphenol, 1,1′-binaphthol.
- the groups R 7 , R 8 and R 9 can be joined to one another directly, i.e. not only via the central phosphorus atom. It is preferred that the groups R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are not joined directly to one another.
- the groups R 7 , R 8 and R 9 may be radicals selected from the group consisting of phenyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl and p-tolyl.
- not more than two of the groups R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are phenyl groups.
- not more than two of the groups R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are o-tolyl groups.
- Mixtures comprising, for example, (m-tolyl-O—) 3 P, (m-tolyl-O—) 2 (p-tolyl-O—)P, (m-tolyl-O—)(p-tolyl-O—) 2 P and (p-tolyl-O—) 3 P can be obtained by reaction of a mixture comprising m-cresol and p-cresol, in particular in a molar ratio of 2:1, as is obtained in the fractional distillation of petroleum, with a phosphorus trihalide such as phosphorus trichloride.
- Compounds (IX) have the formula where X 11 , X 12 , X 13 , X 21 , X 22 , X 23 are each, independently of one another, oxygen, sulfur, NR 10 or a single bond, R 11 , R 12 are, independently of one another, identical or different, individual or bridged organic radicals, R 21 , R 22 are, independently of one another, identical or different, individual or bridged organic radicals, Y is a bridging group.
- the compound (IX) may be a single compound or a mixture of various compounds of the abovementioned formula.
- X 11 , X 12 , X 13 , X 21 , X 22 , X 23 are each oxygen.
- the bridging group Y is joined to phosphite groups.
- X 11 and X 12 are oxygen and X 13 is a single bond or X 11 and X 13 are oxygen and X 12 is a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X 11 , X 12 and X 13 is the central atom of a phosphonite.
- X 21 , X 22 and X 23 can be oxygen or X 21 and X 22 are oxygen and X 23 is a single bond or X 21 and X 23 are oxygen and X 22 is a single bond or X 23 is oxygen and X 21 and X 22 are each a single bond or X 21 is oxygen and X 22 and X 23 are each a single bond or X 21 , X 22 and X 23 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X 21 , X 22 and X 23 is the central atom of a phosphite, phosphonite, phosphinite or phosphine, preferably a phosphonite.
- X 13 is oxygen and X 11 and X 12 are each a single bond or X 11 is oxygen and X 12 and X 13 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X 11 , X 12 and X 13 is the central atom of a phosphinite.
- X 21 , X 22 and X 23 can be oxygen or X 23 is oxygen and X 24 and X 22 are each a single bond or X 21 is oxygen and X 22 and X 23 are each a single bond or X 21 , X 22 and X 23 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X 21 , X 22 and X 23 is the central atom of a phosphite, phosphinite or phosphine, preferably a phosphinite.
- X 11 , X 12 and X 13 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X 11 , X 12 and X 13 is the central atom of a phosphine.
- X 21 , X 22 and X 23 can be oxygen or X 21 , X 22 and X 23 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X 21 , X 22 and X 23 is the central atom of a phosphite or phosphine, preferably a phosphine.
- the bridging group Y is advantageously an aryl group, preferably one having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms in the aromatic system, which may be unsubstituted or substituted, for example by C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, halogenated alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, aryl, such as phenyl.
- halogen such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine
- halogenated alkyl such as trifluoromethyl
- aryl such as phenyl.
- Particularly preferred examples of bridging groups Y are pyrocatechol, bis(phenol) or bis(naphthol).
- radicals R 11 and R 12 can be, independently of one another, identical or different organic radicals.
- Advantageous radicals R 11 and R 12 are aryl radicals, preferably those having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted, in particular by C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, halogenated alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, aryl, such as phenyl, or unsubstituted aryl groups.
- radicals R 21 and R 22 can be, independently of one another, identical or different organic radicals.
- Advantageous radicals R 21 and R 22 are aryl radicals, preferably those having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted, in particular by C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, halogenated alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, aryl, such as phenyl, or unsubstituted aryl groups.
- the radicals R 11 and R 12 can be individual or bridged.
- the radicals R 21 and R 22 can be individual or bridged.
- radicals R 11 , R 12 , R 21 and R 22 can all be individual, two can be bridged and two individual or all four can be bridged in the manner described.
- the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,555 in particular the compounds used in column 2, line 13 to column 5, line 30, in the formulae I and II and in examples 1 to 4, come into consideration.
- the compounds mentioned in WO 99/46044 particularly the compounds used in page 3, line 7 to page 8, line 27, and in particular those in the formulae Ia to Ig and in examples 1 to 6, come into consideration.
- the compounds mentioned in WO 01/14392 preferably the compounds shown there in the formulae V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XXI, XXII, XXIII, come into consideration.
- the compounds mentioned in WO 99/13983 particularly the compounds mentioned on page 5, line 1 to page 11, line 45 and in particular those in the formulae Ia to 1 h and examples 1 to 24, come into consideration.
- the compounds mentioned in WO 99/64155 particularly the compounds mentioned on page 4, line 1 to page 12, line 7 and in particular those in the formulae Ia to Ic and examples 1 to 4, come into consideration.
- Lewis acids are separated off by combining, according to the present invention, auxiliary base and Lewis acid to form a complex which, as described above, is liquid at the relevant temperatures and form a phase which is immiscible with the desired product.
- a known way of separating off, for example, aluminum trichloride is to add equimolar amounts of phosphoryl chloride (POCl 3 ) to the product, with the resulting Cl 3 PO.AlCl 3 complex precipitating and being able to be separated off by, for example, filtration (W. T. Dye, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1948, 70, 2595). Furthermore, it is known from this document that a precisely determined amount of water can be added to the product so as to form the hydrate of aluminum trichloride which can likewise be separated off from the product by filtration.
- POCl 3 phosphoryl chloride
- AlCl 3 can also be precipitated by formation of a complex with pyridine and be separated off in this way.
- DE 32 48 483 discloses a process for separating off AlCl 3 with the aid of NaCl.
- EP 838 447 describes the formation of liquid clathrates which are insoluble in the respective Friedel-Crafts product and can be separated off, for example, by means of phase separation.
- EP-A1 1 142 898 describes phosphorylations for the preparation of biphenyl phosphonites in which phases of eutectic pyridine hydrochloride/pyridine/aluminum chloride mixtures are separated from product-containing solvent phases.
- a disadvantage is that the separation of such liquid mixtures from the product is not possible without formation of a eutectic.
- auxiliary base which satisfies the following conditions:
- the reaction with the Lewis acid to produce the product is generally carried out in the usual way and the auxiliary base is added to the reaction mixture after the reaction is complete in order to separate off the Lewis acid.
- the reaction mixture can also be added to the auxiliary base.
- the reaction mixture is mixed with the auxiliary base, with auxiliary base and Lewis acid generally forming a complex. It is usual to employ at least one mole of auxiliary base per mole of Lewis acid to be separated off in the reaction mixture, preferably from 1.0 to 1.5 mol/mol, particularly preferably from 1.0 to 1.3 mol/mol, very particularly preferably from 1.0 to 1.3 mol/mol and in particular from 1.0 to 1.25 mol/mol.
- reaction mixture can be immediately worked up further, but it can also continue to be stirred for from a few minutes to a number of hours, preferably from 5 to 120 minutes, particularly preferably from 10 to 60 minutes and very particularly preferably from 15 to 45 minutes.
- reaction mixture can advantageously be kept at a temperature at which the complex of auxiliary base and Lewis acid is liquid but no significant decomposition occurs, although the mixture can also be kept below the melting point of the complex.
- phase separation is carried out under conditions as have been described above.
- the melting point is about 60° C., so that the separation, e.g. by phase separation, from the desired product can be carried out at relatively low temperatures.
- the separation method of the present invention can be used wherever Lewis acids have to be separated from a desired product, preferably in Friedel-Crafts alkylations or acylations, phosphorylations or sulfurations of aromatics, particularly preferably in phosphorylations of aromatics.
- Preferred examples of phosphorylations of aromatics are the reactions of aromatics with phosphoryl halides, for example PCl 3 , PCl 5 , POCl 3 or PBr 3 , in the presence of Lewis acids as catalysts.
- aromatics which can be used are those of the formula (X), where Z is a single bond or any divalent bridge and R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , R 34 , R 35 and R 36 are each, independently of one another hydrogen, C 1 -C 18 -alkyl, C 2 -C 18 -alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C 1 -C 18 -alkyloxy, C 1 -C 18 -alkyloxycarbonyl, C 6 -C 12 -aryl, C 5 -C 12 -cycloalkyl, a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle or a functional group or two of them together form an unsaturated, saturated or aromatic ring which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, where each
- Functional groups for this purpose are, for example, nitro (—NO 2 ), nitroso (—NO), carboxyl (—COOH), halogen (—F, —Cl, —Br, —I), amino (—NH 2 , —NH(C 1 -C 4 -alkyl), —N(C 1 -C 4 -alkyl) 2 ), carboxamide (—CONH 2 , —CONH(C 1 -C 4 -alkyl), —CON(C 1 -C 4 -alkyl) 2 ), nitrile (—CN), thiol (—SH) or thioether functions (—S(C 1 -C 4 -alkyl)).
- radicals R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , R 34 , R 35 and R 36 each being, independently of one another, hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkyloxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkyloxycarbonyl or halogen.
- radicals R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , R 34 , R 35 and R 36 each being, independently of one another, hydrogen, methyl, tert-butyl, ethyl, methoxy, fluorine or chlorine.
- Z are a single bond, methylene, 1,2-ethylene, 1,1-ethylene, 1,1-propylene, 2,2-propylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1,4-dimethyl-2,3-phenylene, oxygen (—O—), unsubstituted or monosubstituted nitrogen (—NH— or —N(C 1 -C 4 -alkyl)-) and sulfur (—S—).
- Z is preferably a single bond, oxygen or methylene.
- aromatics are benzene, toluene, o-, m- or p-xylene, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzene, ethylbenzene, 1-ethyl-3-methylbenzene, 1-ethyl-4-methylbenzene, isopropylbenzene, 1,3-diisopropylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, 1,3-di-tert-butylbenzene, 1-tert-butyl-3-methylbenzene, 1-tert-butyl-3,5-dimethylbenzene, n-propylbenzene, styrene, indene, fluorene, dimethylaniline, fluorobenzene, chlorobenzene, bromobenzene, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-dichlorobenzene, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-difluorobenzene, 1,1′-binaphthylene,
- Aromade isopropylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, fluorobenzene, chlorobenzene, naphthalene and binaphthyl.
- Examples of desired products which can be obtained by phosphorylations or sulfurations of aromatics, Friedel-Crafts alkylations or acylations are ethylbenzene, acetophenone, 4-methylacetophenone, 4-methoxyacetophenone, propiophenone, benzophenone, dichlorophenylphosphine, diphenylchlorophosphine, tosyl chloride, 1,2-, 1,3- and 1,4-diethylbenzene, 1,2,3-, 1,2,4- and 1,3,5-triethylbenzene, cumene (isopropylbenzene), tert-butylbenzene, 1,3- and 1,4-methylisopropylbenzene, 9,10-dihydroanthracene, indane, cresol, 2,6-xylenol, 2-sec-butylphenol, 4-tert-butylphenol, octyiphenol, nonylphenol, dodec
- the acid is separated off by means of a nonionic, i.e. uncharged, auxiliary base.
- auxiliary bases of the formula (Ia) to (Ir) are particularly useful for this purpose.
- these are separated off without substantial proportions of Brönsted acids (protic acids), i.e. the molar ratio of Brönsted acids to Lewis acids in the separated off salt of the acid with the auxiliary base is not more than 1:1, preferably not more than 0.75:1, particularly preferably not more than 0.5:1, very particularly preferably not more than 0.3:1 and in particular not more than 0.2:1.
- further phosphorus compounds which can be prepared by the process of the present invention are aminodihalophosphines, diaminohalophosphines, triaminophosphines, phosphorous ester diamides, aminophosphines, diaminophosphines, phosphorous ester amide halides and aminophosphine halides.
- the insoluble salts formed in the reaction likewise have to be removed by filtration.
- WO 02/83695 describes the synthesis of phosphoramidites and their use in the hydroformylation of terminal and internal olefins.
- the process of the present invention enables phosphorus halides and chelating phosphoramidite ligands to be handled more simply in engineering terms (no removal of the solid salts of the auxiliary base) and enables them to be prepared with high selectivity in a higher space-time yield in the reaction.
- R, R′ and R′′ are any organic radicals which may be identical or different
- X and X′ are halogens or pseudohalogens, for example F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OCN or SCN, preferably Cl, which may be identical or different
- [N], [N′] and [N′] are unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups which may be identical or different.
- the compounds prepared can be phosphorus compounds having one or more, for example, two, three or four, preferably two or three and particularly preferably two, phosphorus atoms.
- the phosphorus atoms in such compounds are typically linked by a bridge.
- bridged compounds having two phosphorus atoms can be:
- R, R′, R′′ and R′′′ can be any organic radicals which may be identical or different, [N], [N′], [N′′], [N′′′], [N′′′′] and [N′′′′′] are unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups which may be identical or different and Z can be any divalent bridge.
- R, R′, R′′ and R′′′ can, for example, each be, independently of one another, a linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, aromatic or aliphatic radical having from one to 20 carbon atoms, e.g.
- the divalent bridge Z can be, for example, unsubstituted or halogen-, C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-, C 2 -C 8 -alkenyl-, carboxy-, carboxy-C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-, C 1 -C 20 -acyl-, C 1 -C 8 -alkoxy-, C 6 -C 12 -aryl-, hydroxyl- or hydroxy-C 1 -C 8 -alkyl-substituted C 6 -C 12 -arylene, C 3 -C 12 -cycloalkylene, C 1 -C 20 -alkylene or C 2 -C 20 -alkylene interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups and/or by one or more —(CO)—, —O(CO)O—, —(NH)(CO)O—, —O(CO)(NH
- a 1 and A 2 are each, independently of one another, O, S, SiR 51 R 52 , NR 53 or CR 54 R 55 , where
- R 51 , R 52 and R 53 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or hetaryl,
- R 54 and R 55 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or hetaryl or the group R 54 together with a further group R 54 or the group R 55 together with a further group R 55 forms an intramolecular bridging group D,
- a 1 in the formulae XIII.a to XIII.t may also be a C 2 - or C 3 -alkylene bridge which may contain a double bond and/or bear an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or hetaryl substituent or be interrupted by O, S, SiR 51 R 52 or NR 53 ,
- D is a divalent bridging group selected from among the groups where R 61 and R 62 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl, carboxylate or cyano or are joined to one another to form a C 3 -C 4 -alkylene bridge, R 63 , R 64 , R 65 and R 66 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, COOH, carboxylate, cyano, alkoxy, SO 3 H, sulfonate, NE 1 E 2 , alkylene-NE 1 E 2 E 3+ X ⁇ , acyl or nitro, c is 0 or 1, where in the case of c being 0, the groups A 1 and A 2 are not joined to one another by a single bond, R I , R II , R III , R IV , R V ,
- Particular preference is given to bridging groups Z in which A 1 is different from A 2 and A 1 is preferably a CR d R e group and A 2 is preferably an O or S group, particularly preferably an oxa group O.
- Particularly preferred bridging groups Z are thus those which are made up of a triptycene-like or xanthene-like (A 1 : CR d R e , A 2 : O) framework.
- R I , R II , R III , R IV , R V , R VI , R VII , R VIII , R IX , R X , R XI and R XII are preferably selected from among hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and hetaryl.
- R I , R II , R III , R IV , R V , R VI , R VII , R VIII , R IX , R X , R XI and R XII are each hydrogen.
- R I and R VI in XIII.p and XIII.q.
- R I and R VI are preferably selected from among methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl and methoxy.
- R II , R III , R IV and R V are preferably each hydrogen.
- R I , R III , R VI and R VIII in XIII.b, XIII.c and XIII.f are each, independently of one another, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy.
- R I , R III , R VI and R VIII are preferably selected from among methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl and methoxy.
- R II , R IV , R V and R VII are preferably each hydrogen.
- R I , R III , R IV , R V , R VI and R VIII in XIII.b, XIII.c and XIII.f are each, independently of one another, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl or C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy.
- R I , R III , R IV , R V , R VI and R VIII are preferably selected from among methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl and methoxy.
- R II and R VII are preferably each hydrogen.
- R I and R XII in XIII.d and XIII.e are each, independently of one another, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 4 -carboalkoxy or C 1 -C 4 -trialkylsilyl.
- R I and R XII are preferably selected from among methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, methoxy, carbomethoxy and trimethylsilyl.
- R II , R III , R IV , R V , R VI , R VII , R VIII , R IX , R X and R XI are preferably each hydrogen.
- the ring system is preferably a benzene or naphthalene unit.
- Fused-on benzene rings are preferably unsubstituted or bear 1, 2 or 3, in particular 1 or 2, substituents selected from among alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, SO 3 H, sulfonate, NE 1 E 2 , alkylene-NE 1 E 2 , trifluoromethyl, nitro, COOR f , alkoxycarbonyl, acyl and cyano.
- Fused-on naphthalene units are preferably unsubstituted or have a total of 1, 2 or 3, in particular 1 or 2, of the substituents mentioned above in respect of the fused-on benzene rings in the ring which is not fused on and/or in the fused-on ring.
- the unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups [N], [N′], [N′′], [N′′′], [N′′′′] and [N′′′′′] can each be, independently of one another, an —NR 41 R 42 group, where
- R 41 and R 42 are each, independently of one another, C 1 -C 18 -alkyl, C 2 -C 18 -alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted amino groups, C 2 -C 18 -alkenyl, C 6 -C 12 -aryl, C 5 -C 12 -cycloalkyl or a five- or six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle, where each of the radicals mentioned may be substituted by aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles and R 41 and R 42 may together also form a ring.
- Preferred group —NR 41 R 42 in which R 41 and R 42 form a ring are groups of the formulae XIV.a to XIV.k where Alk is a C 1 -C 4 -alkyl group and R o , R p , R q and R r are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, acyl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxycarbonyl or carboxyl.
- the 3-methylindolyl group (skatolyl group) of the formula XIV.f1 is particularly advantageous.
- a 3 is a single bond, O, S, SiR 51 R 52 , NR 53 , CR 54 R 55 or a C 2 - or C 10 -alkylene bridge which may have a double bond and/or bear an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or hetaryl substituent or be interrupted by O, S, SiR 51 R 52 or NR 53 , where R 51 , R 52 , R 53 , R 54 and R 55 are as defined above, and R 71 , R 72 , R 73 , R 74 , R 75 and R 76 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl
- the groups R 71 and R 72 and/or R 75 and R 76 can also together form a five-, six- or seven-membered ring by together forming a chain which may be substituted by alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, hetaryl or halogen and has three, four or five carbon atoms in the chain, for example 1,3-propylene, 1,4-butylene, 1,5-pentylene and preferably 1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene.
- the compounds mentioned can in each case be symmetrically or unsymmetrically substituted.
- the phosphorus compounds described are, for example, suitable as ligands for catalysts for the hydroformylation of terminal and internal olefins. Their use for hydrocyanation, hydrogenation, hydrocarboxylation, hydroamidation, hydroesterification and aldol condensation is also conceivable.
- Such catalysts can have one or more phosphorus compounds as ligands.
- they can further comprise at least one additional ligand selected from among hydride, alkyl, cyanide, halides, amines, carboxylates, acetylacetone, arylsulfonates and alkylsulfonates, hydride, CO, olefins, dienes, cycloolefins, nitrites, N-containing heterocycles, aromatics and heteroaromatics, ethers, PF 3 and monodentate, bidentate and polydentate phosphine, phosphinite, phosphonite and phosphite ligands.
- further ligands can likewise be monodentate, bidentate or polydentate and coordinate to the metal.
- Suitable further phosphorus-containing ligands are, for example, the phosphine, phosphinite and phosphite ligands described previously as prior art.
- the metal is preferably a metal of transition group VIII, particularly preferably cobalt, rhodium, ruthenium, palladium or nickel atoms in any oxidation state. If the catalysts prepared according to the present invention are used for hydroformylation, the metal of transition group VIII is most preferably rhodium.
- catalytically active species are generally formed under hydroformylation conditions from the catalysts or catalyst precursors used.
- the metal used is preferably cobalt, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, platinum, osmium or iridium, in particular cobalt, rhodium or ruthenium, in any oxidation state.
- the phosphorus compounds used as ligands in the catalysts it is possible, for example, to react phosphorus trichloride with two equivalents of a pyrrole-type compound, forming a diaminochlorophosphine.
- the diaminochlorophosphine prepared according to the present invention (or else conventionally) can be reacted with a diol to give a bidentate ligand.
- unsymmetrical ligands are to be prepared, one equivalent of the, for example, diaminochlorophosphine is firstly reacted with the diol, and the further coupling component (e.g. an aryidichlorophosphine) is subsequently added.
- the further coupling component e.g. an aryidichlorophosphine
- the starting materials are mixed with one another in amounts corresponding to the desired stoichiometry, if desired dissolved or dispersed, i.e. suspended or emulsified, in a solvent. It can be useful to divide up the starting materials into one or more compositions, i.e. separate streams, so that the reaction does not take place before mixing.
- the auxiliary base which, according to the present invention, forms a liquid salt with the acid can be mixed into one or more of these streams or be introduced into the reaction as an individual stream separate from the other streams. It is also possible, although less preferred, to add the auxiliary base only after the reaction in order to separate off the acid.
- the starting materials or the compositions mentioned are fed into a reactor and reacted with one another under reaction conditions which lead to reaction of the starting materials to form the product.
- reaction conditions depend on the starting materials used and the desired products and are described in the prior art cited in this text.
- the reaction can be carried out continuously, semicontinuously or batchwise.
- the temperature is generally in the range from 30° C. to 190° C., preferably from 70 to 120° C.
- the pressure is not critical according to the present invention and can be subatmospheric, superatmospheric or atmospheric pressure, for example from 10 mbar to 10 bar, preferably from 20 mbar to 5 bar, particularly preferably from 50 mbar to 2 bar and in particular from 100 mbar to 1.5 bar.
- the residence time of the reaction mixture in the reactor can be from a few seconds to a number of hours and is dependent on the reaction temperature and, generally to a lesser extent, on the pressure applied.
- the residence time is preferably short, i.e. from a few seconds to about 2 hours, preferably from 1 second to 2 hours, particularly preferably from 1 second to 1 hour, very particularly preferably from 1 second to 30 minutes, in particular from 1 second to 15 minutes and especially preferably from 1 second to 5 minutes.
- the preparation of the phosphorus compounds, preferably phosphorus compounds having a plurality of phosphorus atoms, particularly preferably compounds having 2 or 3 and very particularly preferably 2 phosphorus atoms, from the respective starting materials is carried out continuously at from 60° C. to 150° C., preferably at a temperature above the melting point of the salt of the auxiliary base used with the acid liberated up to 130° C. at a residence time of less than 1 hour, preferably less than 30 minutes, particularly preferably less than 15 minutes, very particularly preferably from 1 second to 5 minutes, in particular from 1 second to 1 minute and especially preferably from 1 to 30 seconds.
- the replacement of substituents on the phosphorus atoms can be suppressed, and it thus becomes possible to prepare compounds having a plurality of phosphorus atoms and phosphorus compounds having mixed substituents under predominantly kinetic control without the substituents on the phosphorus atom or atoms being exchanged as a result of equilibration.
- reactors it is possible to use apparatuses known per se to those skilled in the art, for example one or more cascaded stirred or tube reactors having internal or external heating and preferably jet nozzle reactors or reaction mixing pumps.
- phase separators for example phase separators or mixer-settler apparatuses.
- the phase comprising predominantly ionic liquid is separated from the phase comprising predominantly the desired reaction product at a temperature at which the salt of the auxiliary base with the acid is liquid. If necessary, solvents can be added to accelerate phase separation.
- the auxiliary base can be recovered from the phase comprising predominantly ionic liquid in the manner described above.
- the reaction product can be isolated from the phase comprising the desired reaction product and/or be purified using methods known per se, for example by distillation, rectification, extraction, fractional or simple crystallization, membrane separation processes, chromatography or combinations thereof.
- the solvent used in the reaction can be one of the solvents mentioned above.
- the auxiliary base employed in the reaction is generally used in a stoichiometric amount or slight excess, based on the expected amount of acid, for example in an amount of from 100 to 200 mol % based on the expected amount of acid, preferably from 100 to 150 mol % and particularly preferably from 105 to 125 mol %. If the auxiliary base added serves as solubilizer, it is also possible to use larger amounts of auxiliary base, for example up to 1000 mol % or more.
- the starting materials for preparing the desired phosphorus compounds are known per se to those skilled in the art or can easily be found and are reported, for example, in the prior art cited in this text. The same applies to the stoichiometric ratios in which the starting materials should be reacted.
- the starting materials are if possible used as liquids or melts; if appropriate, they are dissolved or dispersed in a solvent for this purpose. However, it is of course also possible to use at least some of the starting materials as solids.
- the solvent is generally used in such an amount that the mixture is liquid, for example as a solution or dispersion.
- concentrations of the starting materials based on the total amount of the solution or dispersion are from 5 to 95% by weight, preferably from 10 to 90% by weight.
- the acid liberated in the reaction can, according to the present invention, be neutralized with one of the auxiliary bases mentioned to form a liquid salt, so that the synthesis can be considerably simplified.
- diphosphorous ester diamides of the formula [N][N′]P—O-Z-O—P[N′′][N′′′], where Z, [N], [N′], [N′′] and [N′′′] are as defined above.
- the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 4,668,651 in particular the compounds described in column 9, line 25 to column 16, line 53 and in examples 1 to 11, and also ligands A to Q, come into consideration.
- the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 4,885,401 in particular the compounds described in column 12, line 43 to column 30 inclusive and in examples 1 to 14, and also ligands 1 to 8, come into consideration.
- the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,728,861 in particular the compounds described in column 5, line 23 to column 26, line 23 and in examples 1 to 13, and also ligands 1 to 11, come into consideration.
- the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 6,172,267 in particular the compounds described in column 11 to column 40, line 48 and in examples 1 and 2, and also ligands 1 to 11, come into consideration.
- the compounds mentioned in JP2002-47294 come into consideration.
- the precipitated hydrochloride was subsequently filtered off with suction and washed with cold xylene. Filtrate and xylene washings were combined (total: 859.9 g) and analyzed by means of GC using an internal standard.
- the xylene solution contained 11.8% of diethoxyphenylphosphine, corresponding to a yield of 51%.
- Phase separation at 80° C. gave 199.4 g of a clear, colorless upper phase (DEOPP content according to GC: 96.1%; 1-methylimidazole content: 1.7%) and 266.4 g of a lower phase (“ionic liquid”).
- the upper phase contained 90.0% of triethyl phosphite according to GC, and the lower phase comprised the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole.
- the mixture was heated to 78° C. 231.4 g of a colorless upper phase and 611.9 g of a clear lower phase were obtained.
- the upper phase was distilled under reduced pressure via a 30 cm glass column containing Sulzer DX packing. This gave 177 g of triethyl phosphite having a purity of 99%. A further 28.3 g of triethyl phosphite were present in the first fraction and the third fraction. The total yield was 82.4%.
- EODPP Ethoxydiphenylphosphine
- the lower phase which comprised the liquid hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole, was admixed with 244.1 g of 25% strength aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. To dissolve the precipitated sodium chloride completely, a further 94.3 g of water were added until a clear solution was obtained. After addition of 450 g of n-propanol, further sodium chloride precipitated and this was brought back into solution by a further addition of 69.8 g of water. The result was two liquid phases, with the 739.3 g of upper phase containing 19.99% of water and 16.7% of 1-methylimidazole. This corresponds to 94.9% of the amount of 1-methylimidazole used in the synthesis.
- the 304.2 g of lower phase contained the sodium chloride together with 70.6% of water and 2.2% of 1-methylimidazole.
- the 1-methylimidazole content of the aqueous phase could be reduced to 0.4% by extracting it again with n-propanol.
- 1-Methylimidazole could then be recovered by the mixture of propanol and water being distilled off from the upper phase of the first extraction.
- the output was subsequently collected over a period of 1 hour and a mass balance was carried out.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases. Over a period of one hour, 497.2 g of upper phase and 280.8 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase comprised 96.8% of EODPP.
- the upper phase was subsequently distilled under reduced pressure via a column filled with Raschig rings, giving 438.2 g of 99.74% strength EODPP. Together with the EODPP in the first fraction, the total yield was 96.7%.
- the following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump: 1) mixture of 159.2 g of 1-methylimidazole and 85.4 g of ethanol and 2) 372.8 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine (99.1% strength).
- Stream 1) was added at 1257 g/h and stream 2) was added at 1928 g/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated to 120° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 5 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 11 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. During the mass balance run, the amount of starting materials was determined by weighing the reservoirs. 372.8 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine were added.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases. During the 11 minutes, 392.2 g of upper phase and 218.3 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 96.5% of EODPP, so that the yield determined by gas chromatography was 98.2%. The residence time of the reactants in the mixing chamber was 4 s, so that the space-time yield was 0.69 ⁇ 10 6 kgm ⁇ 3 h ⁇ 1 .
- the following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump: 1) mixture of 156.7 g of 1-methylimidazole and 84.1 g of ethanol and 2) 370.0 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine (99.1% strength).
- Stream 1) was added at 167.5 g/h and stream 2) was added at 257.4 g/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated to 80° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 60 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 87 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. During the mass balance run, the amount of starting materials was determined by weighing the reservoirs. 370.0 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine were added.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases. During the 87 minutes, 389.3 g of upper phase and 219.2 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 96.8% of EODPP, so that the yield determined by gas chromatography was 98.5%. The residence time of the reactants in the mixing chamber was 30 s.
- the following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump: 1) mixture of 237.1 g of 1-methylimidazole and 127.2 g of ethanol and 2) 225.8 g of dichlorophenylphosphine.
- Stream 1) was added at 385.6 g/h and stream 2) was added at 239.0 g/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated to 80° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 30 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 58 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. During the mass balance run, the amount of starting materials was determined by weighing the reservoirs. 225.8 g of dichlorophenylphosphine were added.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases. During the 58 minutes, 249.0 g of upper phase and 335.6 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 95.4% of DEOPP, so that the yield determined by gas chromatography was 95.5%. The residence time of the reactants in the mixing chamber was 20 s.
- reaction mixing pump 1) mixture of 212.0 g of 1-methylimidazole and 113.7 g of ethanol, 2) 201.7 g of dichlorophenylphosphine and 3) recirculated upper phase from the reaction output.
- Stream 1) was added at 1543.5 g/h, stream 2) was added at 955.9 g/h and stream 3) was added at 2377 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated to 80° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 5 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 12 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the amount of starting materials was determined by weighing the reservoirs. 201.7 g of dichlorophenylphosphine were added. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were separated in a continuously operated phase separator. Part of the upper phase was recirculated to the process. During the mass balance run of 12 minutes, 227.0 g of upper phase and 300.6 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 95.2% of DEOPP, so that the yield was 97.2%. The residence time of the reactants in the mixing chamber was 2.5 s, so that the space-time yield was 0.36 ⁇ 10 6 kgm ⁇ 3 h ⁇ 1 .
- DEOPP was prepared from 181.5 g of dichlorophenylphosphine, 101.4 g of ethanol and 189 g of 1-methylimidazole, giving 202.2 g of an upper phase having a DEOPP content of 93.9% and 265.5 g of a lower phase.
- the upper phase further comprised 3.7 g of 1-methylimidazole.
- the lower phase was mixed with 169.6 g of paraffin oil. 168 g of 50% strength aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were then added dropwise to this mixture, giving a readily stirrable suspension.
- the 1-methylimidazole was distilled off at 30 mbar and 90° C. at the top. 164.0 g of 1-methylimidazole having a purity of 99.7% were recovered. The water content of the distilled 1-methylimidazole was 0.06%.
- the distillation bottoms were then admixed with 350 g of water to dissolve the sodium chloride suspended in the white oil. Two phases were formed. The 475.7 g of lower phase comprised the sodium chloride and 0.3% (1.4 g) of 1-methylimidazole. The 161.1 g of upper phase comprised the white oil which was likewise returned to the process as inert suspension aid. Of the total of 192.8 g of 1-methylimidazole used (189.0 g fresh and 3.8 g in the recycled xylene), 164.0 g were recovered as pure substance. A further 21.8 g were present in the distilled xylene which was returned to the process, so that the 1-methylimidazole present therein was retained. Thus, 185.8 g (96%) of the 1-methylimidazole were able to be recycled.
- Stream 1) was added at 681 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 2373 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated at 120° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 3 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 7 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction micing pump was 100° C.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 7 minutes, 233.9 g of upper phase and 14.0 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C.
- the selectivity to the desired chelating phosphonite compared to the undesired monodentate phosphonites was determined by means of 31P-NMR spectra. It was 93.8% in favor of the chelating phosphonite. The conversion was quantitative.
- Stream 1) was added at 1817 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1153 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes.
- the output was subsequently collected for 5 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 76.3° C.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 5 minutes, 264.3 g of upper phase and 40.1 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C.
- the selectivity to the desired chelating phosphonite compared to the undesired monodentate phosphonites was determined by means of 31P-NMR spectra. It was 95.6% in favor of the chelating phosphonite. The conversion was quantitative.
- the lower phase (ionic liquid) contained only about 300 ppm of phosphorus-containing secondary components.
- Stream 1 was added at 1781 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1189 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes.
- the output was subsequently collected for 275 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 69.8° C.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 275 minutes, 799.6 g of upper phase and 98.9 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C.
- the yield of isolated desired product was 302.9 g (93.4% of theory).
- Stream 1 was added at 1730 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1238 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes.
- the output was subsequently collected for 275 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 69.5° C.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 275 minutes, 798.1 g of upper phase and 93.3 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C.
- the yield of isolated desired product was 298.3 g (95.2% of theory).
- Stream 1) was added at 1793 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1176 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes.
- the output was subsequently collected for 160 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 70.1° C.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 160 minutes, 470.8 g of upper phase and 60.8 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C.
- the yield of isolated desired product was 166.6 g (93.0% of theory).
- Stream 1) was added at 1991 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 906 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes.
- the output was subsequently collected for 218 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 70.1° C.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 218 minutes, 641.8 g of upper phase and 93 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C.
- the yield of isolated desired product was 152.3 g (67.4% of theory).
- Stream 1 was added at 1532 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1395 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes.
- the output was subsequently collected for 275 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 69° C.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 275 minutes, 787.9 g of upper phase and 85.3 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C.
- the yield of isolated desired product was 304 g (89.6% of theory).
- Stream 1) was added at 1664 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1308 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml.
- the system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes.
- the output was subsequently collected for 233 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance.
- the temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 75.8° C.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 233 minutes, 663.9 g of upper phase and 79.8 g of lower phase were collected.
- the upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C.
- the yield of isolated desired product was 267 g (94.7% of theory).
- example 23 the reaction was carried out in a manner analogous to example 21, but AlCl 3 of higher purity (>99%) was used.
- the upper phase was freed of solvent on a rotary evaporator to give 6.28 g (74.1%) of N-acetylpyrrolidine.
- the lower phase comprised further target product together with 1-methylimidazole hydrochloride.
- the lower phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane, giving, after addition of water, another 1.70 g (20.1%) of N-acetylpyrrolidine.
- palmitoyl chloride 17.0 g, 0.618 mol (C16) was added dropwise to a 29% strength solution of all-trans-retinol in heptane (608.5 g, 0.616 mol) and 1-methylimidazole (50.8 g, 0.62 mol) over a period of 25 minutes while stirring.
- the reaction temperature rose to 15° C.
- the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 2-5° C., and then for 30 minutes at room temperature.
- the mixture was heated to 90° C., resulting in two liquid phases being formed. The phases were separated.
- the upper phase comprised, apart from the solvent, 0.27% of retinol and 95.2% of vitamin A palmitate (HPLC).
- a solution comprising 10.0 g (62.1 mmol) of 3-bromocyclohexane and 12.4 g (62.2 mmol) of N,N-dibutylpentylamine was stirred at 120° C. for 1 hour, cooled to 25° C. and admixed with 30 ml of n-pentane. The mixture was heated to 30° C., resulting in the formation of a liquid two-phase mixture. The phases were separated and the lower phase was extracted with 30 ml of n-pentane.
- Stream I was fed in at a rate of 1767 ml/h, and stream II was fed in at a rate of 1203 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml, and the residence time was accordingly about 4 s.
- the system was brought to equilibrium for 3 minutes, and the output was subsequently collected.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases (N-methylimidazolium chloride and solvent/product).
- the upper phase, which comprised the product, was decanted off and evaporated under reduced pressure.
- the residue was refluxed in ethanol and the clear, yellow solution was then cooled to room temperature, resulting in precipitation of a solid which was filtered off with suction, then washed with ethanol and subsequently dried at reduced pressure. This gave 27.3 g (41% of theory) of a colorless solid.
- 31 P NMR (CDCl 3 , 298K): ⁇ 106.
- traces of N-methylimidazole influence the catalysis, they can be removed by washing a solution of the ligand in an organic solvent with water.
- Stream I was fed in at a rate of 589 ml/h, and stream II was fed in at a rate of 401 ml/h.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml, and the residence time was accordingly about 12 s.
- the system was brought to equilibrium for 3 minutes, and the output was subsequently collected.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases (N-methylimidazolium chloride and solvent/product).
- the upper phase, which comprised the product, was decanted off and evaporated under reduced pressure.
- the residue was refluxed in ethanol and the clear, yellow solution was then cooled to room temperature, resulting in precipitation of a solid which was filtered off with suction, then washed with ethanol and subsequently dried at reduced pressure. This gave 30.5 g (46% of theory) of a colorless solid.
- 31 P NMR (CDCl 3 , 298K): ⁇ 106.
- the linearity (proportion of n product) is defined as the amount of n-valeraldehyde divided by the total amount of n-valeraldehyde and i-valeraldehyde multiplied by 100.
- solution I 100 g (0.66 mol) of 2-tert-butylphenol are dissolved in 102 g of mesitylene with addition of 54.1 g (0.66 mol) of 1-methylimidazole (solution I).
- Solution I was continuously mixed at a flow rate of 4432.1 ml/h with solution II consisting of 121.6 g (0.66 mol) of dichlorophenylphosphine in a reaction mixing pump.
- Solution II was fed in at a rate of 1507.9 ml/h.
- the top of the reaction mixing pump was heated to 100° C. in an oil bath.
- the volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml, and the residence time was accordingly about 2 s.
- the system was brought to equilibrium for 3 minutes and the output was subsequently collected.
- the output consisted of two liquid phases (product/solvent and 1-methylimidazolium hydrochloride).
- the upper, product-containing phase was decanted off.
- GC 2-tert-butylphenoxyphenylchlorophosphine: 60% by area.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Catalysts (AREA)
- Low-Molecular Organic Synthesis Reactions Using Catalysts (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Extraction Or Liquid Replacement (AREA)
- Physical Or Chemical Processes And Apparatus (AREA)
Abstract
Process for preparing aminodihalophosphines, diaminohalophosphines, triaminophosphines, phosphorous ester diamides, aminophosphines, diaminophosphines, phosphorous ester amide halides and aminophosphine halides with elimination of an acid in the presence of an auxiliary base, wherein the auxiliary base b) and the acid form a salt which is liquid at temperatures at which the desired product is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt and c) the salt of the auxiliary base forms two immiscible liquid phases with the desired product or the solution of the desired product in a suitable solvent.
Description
- The present invention relates to a process for the simplified separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an ionic liquid.
- A chemist frequently has the problem of neutralizing or trapping acids liberated during a chemical reaction or separating acids from reaction mixtures. Examples of reactions in which acids are liberated during the course of the reaction are the silylation of alcohols or amines by means of halosilanes, the phosphorylation of amines or alcohols by means of phosphorus halides, the formation of sulfonic esters or amides from alcohols or amines and sulfonic acid chlorides or anhydrides, eliminations and substitutions.
- These reactions liberate acids, which is why an auxiliary base which generally does not participate as reactant in the actual reaction is additionally added. In general, it is necessary to bind the liberated acids by means of this base to form a salt in order to suppress secondary and subsequent reactions or simply to remove the acid from the desired reaction product and possibly return it to the process. If the salts of the bases used are not separated off initially, they can also be worked up in the presence of the desired product, e.g. by addition of a further, stronger base such as an aqueous caustic alkali, e.g. sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide. This forms the salt of the stronger base added in this step. In addition, the base originally used is liberated. In general, these two components, i.e. the salt of the stronger base and the initially employed base (auxiliary base) which has now been liberated likewise have to be separated off from the desired product. In this procedure, it is often a disadvantage that the desired product which is present in the work-up can be decomposed by the added stronger base itself or further substances in this base, e.g. the water in an aqueous caustic alkali.
- The salts of the auxiliary base with the acid are generally not soluble in organic solvents and have high melting points, so that in organic media they form suspensions which are more difficult to handle than, for example, liquids. It would therefore be desirable to be able to separate off the salts of the auxiliary bases in liquid form. In addition, the known process engineering disadvantages of suspensions would be eliminated. These are, for example, the formation of encrustations, reduction of heat transfer, poor mixing and stirrability and the formation of regions where the concentration is too high or too low and hot spots.
- For processes carried out in industry, the prior art accordingly has the following disadvantages:
- 1) addition of two auxiliary bases, viz. the auxiliary base and a further strong base, and the resulting need to separate two auxiliaries from the desired product and from one another,
- 2) handling of suspensions and
- 3) separating off the salt of the strong base as a solid.
- However, a phase separation by means of a liquid-liquid phase separation which is simple from a process engineering point of view would be desirable.
- DE-A 197 24 884 and DE-A 198 26 936 disclose processes for preparing carbonyldiimidazoles by phosgenation of imidazoles, in which the resulting hydrochloride of the imidazole used as starting material is separated as a melt from the reaction mixture. In DE-A 198 26 936, it is pointed out on page 3, line 5, that the hydrochloride of the imidazole is, surprisingly, liquid at 110-130° C. and melts significantly below the melting point of 158-161° C. reported in the literature. As reasons for this, the inventors suggest either the formation of a eutectic mixture of the imidazole hydrochloride with the desired product carbonyldiimidazole or the formation of a ternary mixture of the imidazole hydrochloride, the desired product carbonyldiimidazole and the chlorobenzene solvent. Although the imidazole hydrochloride should not have been present in liquid form, this was surprisingly the case in this specific system. Applicability of this concept to reactions other than the phosgenation of imidazoles is not described.
- It is an object of the present invention to find a simplified process for separating off acids, in which the salt formed from an added auxiliary base and an acid can be separated off by means of a simple liquid-liquid phase separation and which can be applied to other chemical reactions or to the removal of acids which are present in mixtures but are not liberated during a chemical reaction.
- We have found that this object is achieved by a process for separating acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base, in which the auxiliary base
- b) and the acid form a salt which is liquid at temperatures at which the desired product is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt and
- c) the salt of the auxiliary base forms two immiscible liquid phases with the desired product or the solution of the desired product in a suitable solvent.
- A person skilled in the art will know that the separation of a liquid phase from a second liquid phase is considerably simpler in process engineering terms than is a solid separation.
- An advantage for industrial purposes of the process of the present invention is that the auxiliary can be separated off by means of a simple liquid-liquid phase separation, so that the process engineering complications associated with handling solids are eliminated.
- The work-up of the auxiliaries can be carried out in the absence of the desired product, so that the latter is subjected to less stress.
- The invention described here achieves the abovementioned object by reaction mixtures containing or subsequently being admixed with auxiliary bases whose salts with acids liberated during the course of the reaction or added acids, i.e. acids which are not liberated during the reaction, are liquid under the reaction conditions and/or work-up conditions and form a phase which is immiscible with the (possibly dissolved) desired product. Such liquid salts are often referred to as ionic liquids. The acids to be bound can either be present in free form in the reaction mixture or can form a complex or an adduct with the desired product or another substance present in the reaction mixture. Lewis acids in particular tend to form complexes with substances such as ketones. These complexes can be split by means of the auxiliary base, so that the salt of the auxiliary base and the Lewis acid to be separated off is formed according to the invention.
- The auxiliary bases can be inorganic or organic bases, preferably organic bases.
- Furthermore, mixtures or solutions of auxiliary bases can be used to achieve the object of the invention.
- For the purposes of the present invention, immiscible or not miscible means that at least two liquid phases separated by a phase interface (boundary) are formed.
- If the pure desired product is completely or largely miscible with the salt of the auxiliary base and the acid, an auxiliary, e.g. a solvent, can also be added to the desired product to achieve demixing or a reduction in solubility. This is useful when, for example, the solubility of the salt in the desired product or vice versa is 20% by weight or more, preferably 15% by weight or more, particularly preferably 10% by weight or more and very particularly preferably 5% by weight of more. The solubility is determined under the conditions of the respective separation. The solubility is preferably determined at a temperature which is above the melting point of the salt and below the lowest of the following temperatures, particularly preferably 10° C. below the lowest and very particularly preferably 20° C. below the lowest:
-
- boiling point of the desired product
- boiling point of the solvent
- temperature of significant decomposition of the desired product.
- The solvent is regarded as suitable when the mixture of desired product and solvent is able to dissolve less than the abovementioned amounts of the salt, or the salt is able to dissolve less than the abovementioned amounts of the desired product or a mixture of desired product and solvent. Solvents which can be used are, for example, benzene, toluene, o-, m- or p-xylene, mesitylene, cyclohexane, cyclopentane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, petroleum ether, acetone, isobutyl methyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diethyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, tert-butyl ethyl ether, tetrahydrouran, dioxane, ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetonitrile, chloroform, dichloromethane, methylchloroform or mixtures thereof.
- The desired product is generally a nonpolar organic or inorganic compound.
- Chemical reactions on which the invention can be based are all reactions in which acids are liberated, with the exception of phosgenations, particularly preferably with the exception of acylations, i.e. reactions of acid halides and carboxylic anhydrides.
- Reactions to which the process of the present invention can be applied are, for example,
-
- alkylations using alkyl or aralkyl halides, e.g. methyl chloride, methyl iodide, benzyl chloride, 1,2-dichloroethane or 2-chloroethanol,
- acylations, i.e. reactions of acid halides and carboxylic anhydrides, of any substrates, for example alcohols or amines,
- silylations, i.e. reactions with compounds containing at least one Si-Hal bond, e.g. SiCl4, (H3C)2SiCl2 or trimethylsilyl chloride,
- phosphorylations, i.e. reactions with compounds containing at least one P-Hal bond, e.g. PCl3, PCl5, POCl3, POBr3, dichlorophenylphosphine or diphenylchlorophosphine, as are likewise described by, for example, Chojnowski et al., loc. cit.,
- sulfurations, i.e. sulfidations, sulfonations and sulfations, using, for example, sulfuryl chloride (SO2Cl2), thionyl chloride (SOCl2), chlorosulfonic acid (ClSO3H), sulfonic acid halides, such as p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, methanesulfonyl chloride or trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride, or sulfonic anhydrides, as are described, for example, by Dobrynin, V. N. et al. Bioorg. Khim. 9(5), 1983, 706-10,
- eliminations in which a C═C double bond is formed with elimination of an acid such as HCl, HBr, acetic acid or para-toluenesulfonic acid, or
- deprotonations in which an acidic hydrogen atom is abstracted by the auxiliary base.
- Among the types of reaction mentioned, preference is given to alkylations, silylations, phosphorylations, sulfurations, acylations with the exception of phosgenations, and eliminations. Particular preference is given to silylations, phosphorylations and sulfurations.
- Furthermore, the process of the present invention can also be employed to separate off an acid from a reaction mixture to which an acid which is not liberated during the reaction has been added, for example to adjust the pH or to catalyze a reaction. Thus, for example, Lewis acids which have been used as catalysts for Friedel-Crafts alkylations or acylations can be separated off in a simple way.
- The acids to be separated off according to the present invention can be Brönsted acids and Lewis acids. The designations of acids as Brönsted and Lewis acids is described in Hollemann-Wiberg, Lehrbuch der Anorganischen Chemie, 91st-100th edition, Walter de Gruyter, Berlin N.Y. 1985, p. 235 or p. 239. Lewis acids for the purposes of the present invention also include the Lewis acids used as Friedel-Crafts catalysts and described in George A. Olah, Friedel-Crafts and Related Reactions, Vol. I, 191 to 197, 201 and 284-90 (1963). Examples which may be mentioned are aluminum trichloride (AlCl3), iron(III) chloride (FeCl3), aluminum tribromide (AlBr3) and zinc chloride (ZnCl2).
- In general, the Lewis acids which can be separated off according to the present invention contain cationic forms of the metals of groups Ib, IIb, IIIa, IIIb, IVa, IVb, Va, Vb, VIb, VIIb and VIII of the Periodic Table of the Elements and the rare earths, for example lanthanum, cerium, praseodymium, neodymium, samarium, europium, gadolinium, terbium, dysprosium, holmium, erbium, thulium, ytterbium or lutetium.
- Particular mention may be made of zinc, cadmium, beryllium, boron, aluminum, gallium, indium, thallium, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, erbium, germanium, tin, vanadium, niobium, scandium, yttrium, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, rhenium, palladium, thorium, iron, copper and cobalt. Preference is given to boron, zinc, cadmium, titanium, tin, iron, cobalt.
- Possible counterions for the Lewis acid are F−, Cl−, ClO−, ClO3 −, ClO4 −, Br−, J−, JO3 −, CN−, OCN−, SCN−, NO2 −, NO3 −, HCO3 −, CO3 2−, S2−, SH−, HSO3 −, SO3 2−, HSO4 −, SO4 2−, S2O2 2−, S2O4 2−, S2O5 2−, S2O6 2−, S2O7 2−, S2O8 2−, H2PO2 −, H2PO4 −, HPO4 2−, PO4 3−, P2O7 4−, dithiocarbamate, salicylate, (OCnH2n+1)−, (CnH2n−1O2), (CnH2n−3O2)− and (Cn+1H2n−2O4)2−, where n is from 1 to 20, methanesulfonate (CH3SO3 −), trifluoromethanesulfonate (CF3SO3 −), toluenesulfonate (CH3C6H4SO3 −), benzenesulfonate (C6H5SO3 −), hydroxide (OH−), anions of aromatic acids such as benzoic acid, phthalic acid and the like and 1,3-dicarbonyl compounds.
- Mention may also be made of carboxylates, in particular formate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, propionate, hexanoate and 2-ethylhexanoate, stearate and oxalate, acetylacetonate, tartrate, acrylate and methacrylate, preferably formate, acetate, propionate, oxalate, acetylacetonate, acrylate and methacrylate.
- Further possibilities are borohydrides and organoboron compounds of the formulae BR″″3 and B(OR″″)3, where the radicals R″″ are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, C1-C18-alkyl, C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C6-C12-aryl, C5-C12-cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle or two of them together form an unsaturated, saturated or aromatic ring which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles. The radicals R″″ may also be joined to one another.
- Preferred examples of Lewis acids are, in addition to the AlCl3, FeCl3, AlBr3 and ZnCl2 mentioned above, BeCl2, ZnBr2, Znl2, ZnSO4, CuCl2, CuCl, Cu(O3SCF3)2, CoCl2, CoI2, FeI2, FeCl2, FeCl2(THF)2, TiCl4(THF)2, TiCl4, TiCl3, CiTi(OiPr)3, SnCl2, SnCl4, Sn(SO4), Sn(SO4)2, MnCl2, MnBr2, ScCl3, BPh3, BCl3, BBr3, BF3.OEt2, BF3.OMe2, BF3.MeOH, BF3.CH3COOH, BF3.CH3CN, B(CF3COO)3, B(OEt)3, B(OMe)3, B(OiPr)3, PhB(OH)2, 3-MeO-PhB(OH)2, 4-MeO-PhB(OH)2, 3-F-PhB(OH)2, 4-F-PhB(OH)2, (C2H5)3Al, (C2H5)2AlCl, (C2H5)AlCl2, (C8H17)AlCl2, (C8H17)2AlCl, (iso-C4H9)2AlCl, Ph2AlCl, PhAlCl2, Al(acac)3, Al(OiPr)3, Al(OnBu)3, Al(OsecBu)3, Al(OEt)3, GaCl3, ReCl5, ZrCl4, NbCl5, VCl3, CrCl2, MoCl5, YCl3, CdCl2, CdBr2, SbCl3, SbCl5, BiCl3, ZrCl4, UCl4, LaCl3, CeCl3, Er(O3SCF3), Yb(O2CCF3)3, SmCl3, SmI2, B(C6H5)3, TaCl5.
- The Lewis acids can be stabilized by alkali metal halides or alkaline earth metal halides, for example LiCl or NaCl. For this purpose, the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal halides are mixed into the Lewis acid in a molar ratio of 0-100:1.
- For the purposes of the present text, halogen or Hal is fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br) or iodine (I), preferably chlorine.
- Compounds reacted in a silylation, phosphorylation or sulfuration are in general compounds which have at least one free O—H, S—H or N—H bond, possibly after deprotonation by the auxiliary base.
- As auxiliary base, it is possible according to the present invention to use a compound which reacts with the acid liberated during the reaction to form a salt which
- b) is liquid at temperatures at which the desired product is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt and
- c) forms two immiscible liquid phases with the desired product or the solution of the desired product in a suitable solvent.
- Preference is given to auxiliary base which
- a) do not participate in the reaction as reactant.
- Furthermore, this auxiliary base can, additionally and preferably,
- d) function simultaneously as a nucleophilic catalyst in the reaction, i.e. it increases the reaction rate of the reaction compared to the reaction carried out in the absence of an auxiliary base by a factor of at least 1.5, preferably at least two, particularly preferably at least five, very particularly preferably at least ten and in particular at least twenty.
- Such compounds which can be used as bases may contain phosphorus, sulfur or nitrogen atoms, for example at least one nitrogen atom, preferably from one to ten nitrogen atoms, particularly preferably from one to five nitrogen atoms, very particularly preferably from one to three nitrogen atoms and in particular one or two nitrogen atoms. Further heteroatoms such as oxygen, sulfur or phosphorus atoms may also be present.
- Preference is given to compounds containing at least one five- to six-membered heterocycle which contains at least one nitrogen atom and possibly an oxygen or sulfur atom, particularly preferably compounds containing at least one five- to six-membered heterocycle in which one, two or three nitrogen atoms and one sulfur or oxygen atom are present, very particularly preferably compounds of this type containing two nitrogen atoms.
- Particularly preferred compounds have a molecular weight of less than 1000 g/mol, very particularly preferably less than 500 g/mol and in particular less than 250 g/mol.
- Furthermore, preferred bases are compounds selected from among the compounds of the formulae (Ia) to (Ir),
and also oligomers or polymers comprising these structures,
where
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, C1-C18-alkyl, C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C6-C12-aryl, C5-C12-cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle or two of them may together form an unsaturated, saturated or aromatic ring which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles. - In the above formulae,
- C1-C18-alkyl which may be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, α,α-dimethylbenzyl, benzhydryl, p-tolylmethyl, 1-(p-butylphenyl)ethyl, p-chlorobenzyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, m-ethoxybenzyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-cyanopropyl, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 2-butoxycarbonylpropyl, 1,2-di(methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, diethoxymethyl, diethoxyethyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 1,3-dioxan-2-yl, 2-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 4-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 2-isopropoxyethyl, 2-butoxypropyl, 2-octyloxyethyl, chloromethyl, 2-chloroethyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-chloroethyl, 2-methoxyisopropyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, butylthiomethyl, 2-dodecylthioethyl, 2-phenylthioethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 6-hydroxyhexyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-aminopropyl, 3-aminopropyl, 4-aminobutyl, 6-aminohexyl, 2-methylaminoethyl, 2-methylaminopropyl, 3-methylaminopropyl, 4-methylaminobutyl, 6-methylaminohexyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl, 2-dimethylaminopropyl, 3-dimethylaminopropyl, 4-dimethylaminobutyl, 6-dimethylaminohexyl, 2-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylethyl, 2-phenoxyethyl, 2-phenoxypropyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, 4-phenoxybutyl, 6-phenoxyhexyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-methoxypropyl, 3-methoxypropyl, 4-methoxybutyl, 6-methoxyhexyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-ethoxypropyl, 3-ethoxypropyl, 4-ethoxybutyl or 6-ethoxyhexyl, and
- C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups is, for example, 5-hydroxy-3-oxapentyl, 8-hydroxy-3,6-dioxaoctyl, 11-hydroxy-3,6,9-trioxaundecyl, 7-hydroxy-4-oxaheptyl, 11-hydroxy-4,8-dioxaundecyl, 15-hydroxy-4,8,12-trioxapentadecyl, 9-hydroxy-5-oxanonyl, 14-hydroxy-5,10-oxatetradecyl, 5-methoxy-3-oxapentyl, 8-methoxy-3,6-dioxaoctyl, 11-methoxy-3,6,9-trioxaundecyl, 7-methoxy-4-oxaheptyl, 11-methoxy-4,8-dioxaundecyl, 15-methoxy-4,8,12-trioxapentadecyl, 9-methoxy-5-oxanonyl, 14-methoxy-5,10-oxatetradecyl, 5-ethoxy-3-oxapentyl, 8-ethoxy-3,6-dioxaoctyl, 11-ethoxy-3,6,9-trioxaundecyl, 7-ethoxy-4-oxaheptyl, 11-ethoxy-4,8-dioxaundecyl, 15-ethoxy-4,8,12-trioxapentadecyl, 9-ethoxy-5-oxanonyl or 14-ethoxy-5,10-oxatetradecyl.
- If two radicals form a ring, these radicals can together become 1,3-propylene, 1,4-butylene, 2-oxa-1,3-propylene, 1-oxa-1,3-propylene, 2-oxa-1,3-propylene, 1-oxa-1,3-propenylene, 1-aza-1,3-propenylene, 1-C1-C4-alkyl-1-aza-1,3-propenylene, 1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene, 1-aza-1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene or 2-aza-1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene.
- The number of oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or imino groups is not restricted. In general, it is not more than 5 in the one radical, preferably not more than 4 and very particularly preferably not more than 3.
- Furthermore, at least one carbon atom, preferably at least two, is/are generally located between two heteroatoms.
- Substituted and unsubstituted imino groups can be, for example, imino, methylimino, isopropylimino, n-butylimino or tert-butylimino.
- Furthermore,
- functional groups are carboxy, carboxamide, hydroxy, di(C1-C4-alkyl)amino, C1-C4-alkyloxycarbonyl, cyano or C1-C4-alkyloxy,
- C6-C12-aryl which may be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles is, for example, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, α-naphthyl, β-naphthyl, 4-biphenylyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, trichlorophenyl, difluorophenyl, methylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, trimethylphenyl, ethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, isopropylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, dodecylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, hexyloxyphenyl, methylnaphthyl, isopropylnaphthyl, chloronaphthyl, ethoxynaphthyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 4-bromophenyl, 2- or 4-nitrophenyl, 2,4- or 2,6-dinitrophenyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl, 4-acetylphenyl, methoxyethylphenyl or ethoxymethylphenyl,
- C5-C12-cycloalkyl which may be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles is, for example, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, cyclododecyl, methylcyclopentyl, dimethylcyclopentyl, methylcyclohexyl, dimethylcyclohexyl, diethylcyclohexyl, butylcyclohexyl, methoxycyclohexyl, dimethoxycyclohexyl, diethoxycyclohexyl, butylthiocyclohexyl, chlorocyclohexyl, dichlorocyclohexyl, dichlorocyclopentyl or a saturated or unsaturated bicyclic system such as norbornyl or norbornenyl,
- a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle is, for example, furyl, thiophenyl, pyrryl, pyridyl, indolyl, benzoxazolyl, dioxolyl, dioxyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, dimethylpyridyl, methylquinolyl, dimethylpyrryl, methoxyfuryl, dimethoxypyridyl, difluoropyridyl, methylthiophenyl, isopropylthiophenyl or tert-butylthiophenyl and
- C1-C4-alkyl is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl.
- Preference is given to R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 each being, independently of one another, hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-(methoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl, 2-(n-butoxycarbonyl)ethyl, dimethylamino, diethylamino and chlorine.
- Particularly preferred pyridines (Ia) are those in which one of the radicals R1 to R5 is methyl, ethyl or chlorine and all others are hydrogen, or R3 is dimethylamino and all others are hydrogen or all are hydrogen or R2 is carboxy or carboxamide and all others are hydrogen or R1 and R2 or R2 and R3 are 1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene and all others are hydrogen.
- Particularly preferred pyridazines (Ib) are those in which one of the radicals R1 to R4 is methyl or ethyl and all others are hydrogen or all are hydrogen.
- Particularly preferred pyrimidines (Ic) are those in which R2 to R4 are each hydrogen or methyl and R1 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl, or R2 and R4 are each methyl, R3 is hydrogen and R1 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
- Particularly preferred pyrazines (Id) are those in which R1 to R4 are all methyl or all hydrogen.
- Particularly preferred imidazoles (Ie) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 is selected from among methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-octyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 2-cyanoethyl and
- R2 to R4 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
- Particularly preferred 1H-pyrazoles (If) are those in which, independently of one another
- R1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl,
- R2, R3 and R4 are selected from among hydrogen or methyl.
- Particularly preferred 3H-pyrazoles (Ig) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl,
- R2, R3 and R4 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 4H-pyrazoles (Ih) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 to R4 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 1-pyrazolines (Ii) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 to R6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 2-pyrazolines (Ij) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl, and
- R2 to R6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 3-pyrazolines (Ik) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 and R2 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl, and
- R3 to R6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred imidazolines (II) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 and R2 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl and phenyl,
- R3 and R4 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl, and
- R5 and R6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred imidazolines (Im) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 and R2 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl, and
- R3 to R6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred imidazolines (In) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1, R2 and R3 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl, and
- R4 to R6 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred thiazoles (Io) and oxazoles (Ip) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl, and
- R2 and R3 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl.
- Particularly preferred 1,2,4-triazoles (Iq) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 and R2 are selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and phenyl, and
- R3 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl and phenyl.
- Particularly preferred 1,2,3-triazoles (Ir) are those in which, independently of one another,
- R1 is selected from among hydrogen, methyl and ethyl, and
- R2 and R3 are selected from among hydrogen and methyl or
- R2 and R3 together form 1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene and all others are hydrogen.
- Among these, the pyridines and the imidazoles are preferred.
- Very particularly preferred bases are 3-chloropyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 2-ethyl-4-aminopyridine, 2-methylpyridine (α-picoline), 3-methylpyridine (β-picoline), 4-methylpyridine (γ-picoline), 2-ethylpyridine, 2-ethyl-6-methylpyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, 1-C1-C4-alkylimidazole, 1-methylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 1-n-butylimidazole, 1,4,5-trimethylimidazole, 1,4-dimethylimidazole, imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 1-butyl-2-methylimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, 1-n-pentylimidazole, 1-n-hexylimidazole, 1-n-octylimidazole, 1-(2′-aminoethyl)imidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-vinylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 1-(2′-cyanoethyl)imidazole and benzotriazole.
- Special preference is given to 1-n-butylimidazole, 1-methylimidazole, 2-methylpyridine and 2-ethylpyridine.
- Also suitable are tertiary amines of the formula (XI),
NRaRbRc (XI),
where
Ra, Rb and Rc are each, independently of one another, C1-C18-alkyl, C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C6-C12-aryl or C5-C12-cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle or two of them together form an unsaturated, saturated or aromatic ring which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles, with the proviso that -
- at least two of the three radicals Ra, Rb and Rc are different and
- the radicals Ra, Rb and Rc together have at least 8, preferably at least 10, particularly preferably at least 12 and very particularly preferably at least 13, carbon atoms.
- Preference is given to Ra, Rb and Rc each being, independently of one another, C1-C18-alkyl, C6-C12-aryl or C5-C12-cycloalkyl, particularly preferably C1-C18-alkyl, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles.
- Examples of the respective groups have already been given above.
- Preferred radicals Ra, Rb and Rc are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl (n-amyl), 2-pentyl (sec-amyl), 3-pentyl, 2,2-dimethylprop-1-yl (neopentyl), n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, α,α-dimethylbenzyl, phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, α-naphthyl, β-naphthyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
- If two of the radicals Ra, Rb and Rc form a chain, this can be, for example, 1,4-butylene or 1,5-pentylene.
- Examples of tertiary amines of the formula (XI) are diethyl-n-butylamine, diethyl-tert-butylamine, diethyl-n-pentylamine, diethylhexylamine, diethyloctylamine, diethyl(2-ethylhexyl)amine, di-n-propylbutylamine, di-n-propyl-n-pentylamine, di-n-propylhexylamine, di-n-propyloctylamine, di-n-propyl(2-ethylhexyl)amine, diisopropylethylamine, diisopropyl-n-propylamine, diisopropylbutylamine, diisopropylpentylamine, diisopropylhexylamine, diisopropyloctylamine, diisopropyl(2-ethylhexyl)amine, di-n-butylethylamine, di-n-butyl-n-propylamine, di-n-butyl-n-pentylamin, di-n-butylhexylamine, di-n-butyloctylamine, di-n-butyl(2-ethylhexyl)amine, N-n-butylpyrrolidine, N-sec-butylpyrrolidine, N-tert-butylpyrrolidine, N-n-pentylpyrrolidine, N,N-dimethylcyclohexylamine, N,N-diethylcyclohexylamine, N,N-di-n-butylcyclohexylamine, N-n-propylpiperidine, N-isopropylpiperidine, N-n-butylpiperidine, N-sec-butylpiperidine, N-tert-butylpiperidine, N-n-pentylpiperidine, N-n-butylmorpholine, N-sec-butylmorpholine, N-tert-butylmorpholine, N-n-pentylmorpholine, N-benzyl-N-ethylaniline, N-benzyl-N-n-propylaniline, N-benzyl-N-isopropylaniline, N-benzyl-N-n-butylaniline, N,N-dimethyl-p-toluidine, N,N-diethyl-p-toluidine, N,N-di-n-butyl-p-toluidine, diethylbenzylamine, di-n-propylbenzylamine, di-n-butylbenzylamine, diethylphenylamine, di-n-propylphenylamine and di-n-butylphenylamine and also 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN).
- Preferred tertiary amines (XI) are diisopropylethylamine, diethyl-tert-butylamine, diisopropylbutylamine, di-n-butyl-n-pentylamine, N,N-di-n-butylcyclohexylamine and also tertiary amines derived from pentyl isomers.
- Particularly preferred tertiary amines are di-n-butyl-n-pentylamine and tertiary amines derived from pentyl isomers.
- A tertiary amine which is likewise preferred and can be used according to the present invention but, in contrast to those mentioned above, has three identical radicals is triallylamine.
- Tertiary amines, preferably amines of the formula (XI), are generally preferred over heterocyclic compounds, for example compounds of the formulae (Ia) to (Ir), when the basicity of the latter auxiliary bases is not sufficient for the reaction, for example for eliminations.
- Acids which can form salts with these bases are, for example, hydroiodic acid (HI), hydrogen fluoride (HF), hydrogen chloride (HCl), nitric acid (HNO3), nitrous acid (HNO2), hydrobromic acid (HBr), carbonic acid (H2CO3), hydrogencarbonate (HCO3—), methylcarbonic acid (HO(CO)OCH3), ethylcarbonic acid (HO(CO)OC2H5), n-butylcarbonic acid, sulfuric acid (H2SO4), hydrogensulfate (HSO4 −), methylsulfuric acid (HO(SO2)OCH3), ethylsulfuric acid (HO(SO2)OC2H5), phosphoric acid (H3PO4), dihydrogenphosphate (H2PO4 −), formic acid (HCOOH), acetic acid (CH3COOH), propionic acid, n-butyric acid and isobutyric acid, pivalic acid, para-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, preferably hydrogen chloride, acetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoic acid and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, particularly preferably hydrogen chloride.
- In a preferred embodiment for separating off Brönsted acids (protic acids), these are separated off without large proportions of Lewis acids, i.e. the molar ratio of Brönsted acids to Lewis acids in the separated-off salt of the acid with the auxiliary base is greater than 4:1, preferably greater than 5:1, particularly preferably greater than 7:1, very particularly preferably greater than 9:1 and in particular greater than 20:1.
- Preference is given to auxiliary bases whose salts with acids have a melting point at which no significant decomposition of the desired product occurs, i.e. less than 10 mol % per hour, preferably less than 5 mol %/h, particularly preferably less than 2 mol %/h and very particularly preferably less than 1 mol %/h, during the process of separating off the salt as liquid phase.
- The melting point of the salts of the particularly preferred auxiliary bases are generally below 160° C., particularly preferably below 100° C. and very particularly preferably below 80° C.
- Among auxiliary bases, very particularly preference is given to those whose salts have an ET(30) value of >35, preferably >40, particularly preferably >42. The ET(30) value is a measure of the polarity and is described by C. Reichardt in Reichardt, Christian Solvent Effects in Organic Chemistry Weinheim: VCH, 1979. —XI, (Monographs in Modern Chemistry; 3), ISBN 3-527-25793-4 page 241.
- An especially preferred base which, for example, achieves the object of the present invention is 1-methylimidazole. The use of 1-methylimidazole as base is mentioned in, for example, DE-A 35 02 106, but that document does not recognize its utility as ionic liquid.
- In addition, 1-methylimidazole is effective as a nucleophilic catalyst [Julian Chojnowski, Marek Cypryk, Witold Fortuniak, Heteroatom. Chemistry, 1991, 2, 63-70]. Chojnowski et al. have found that, compared to triethylamine, 1-methylimidazole accelerates the phosphorylation of t-butanol by a factor of 33 and the silylation of pentamethyldisiloxanole by a factor of 930.
- Furthermore, it has been found that the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole has a melting point of about 75° C. and is essentially immiscible with nonpolar organic products such as diethoxyphenylphosphine, triethyl phosphite, ethoxydiphenylphosphine, alkyl ketene dimers, alkoxysilanes or esters, or solvents. Thus, in contrast to the polar solvent water, 1-methylimidazole HCl forms two immiscible phases even with acetone. 1-Methylimidazole can act both as auxiliary base and nucleophilic catalyst and can be separated from organic media as liquid hydrochloride by means of a simple liquid-liquid phase separation.
- Instead of 1-methylimidazole, it is also possible to use 1-butylimidazole. The hydrochloride of 1-butylimidazole is liquid down to room temperature, so that 1-butylimidazole can be used as auxiliary base and catalyst for reactions in which substances which decompose at temperatures above room temperature are handled. The acetate and formate of 1-methylimidazole are likewise liquid at room temperature.
- Similarly, it is possible to use all derivatives of imidazole whose salts have an ET(30) of >35, preferably >40, particularly preferably >42, and have a melting point at which no significant decomposition of the desired product occurs during the process of separating off the salt as a liquid phase. The polar salts of these imidazoles form, as indicated above, two immiscible phases with relatively nonpolar organic media.
- A further especially preferred base which meets the requirements of the present invention is 2-ethylpyridine. The use of various pyridines as auxiliary bases is described in, for example, DE 198 50 624, but its utility as ionic liquid is not recognized there.
- Pyridine itself and derivatives of pyridine are known as nucleophilic catalysts to those skilled in the art [Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1985, p. 294, 334, 347].
- Furthermore, it has been found that the hydrochloride of 2-ethylpyridine has a melting point of about 55° C. and is immiscible with nonpolar organic products (see above) or solvents. 2-Ethylpyridine can thus serve simultaneously as auxiliary base and nucleophilic catalyst and can be separated off from organic media as liquid hydrochloride by means of a simple liquid-liquid phase separation.
- Similarly, it is possible to use all derivatives of pyridine whose salts have an ET(30) of >35, preferably >40, particularly preferably >42, and have a melting point at which no significant decomposition of the desired product occurs during the process of separating off the salt as a liquid phase. The polar salts of these pyridines form two immiscible phases with relatively nonpolar organic media.
- The way in which the reaction is carried out is not restricted and can, according to the present invention, be carried out batchwise or continuously with the acids liberated or added being neutralized/trapped, in the presence or absence of a nucleophilic catalyst and in air or under a protective gas atmosphere.
- In the case of heat-sensitive desired products, it can be sufficient to allow the salt of auxiliary base and acid to precipitate as a solid salt during the reaction and to melt it only for the work-up or after separating off the main quantity of the desired product in a solid-liquid separation. In this way, the product is thermally stressed to a lesser extent. The invention further provides a process for separating the above-described auxiliary bases or auxiliary bases which are used as nucleophilic catalysts from a reaction mixture by admixing the reaction mixture with at least one mol of acid per mol of auxiliary base. This makes it possible to separate off such auxiliary bases as ionic liquids by means of a liquid-liquid separation.
- The salt of the auxiliary base which has been separated off from the desired product can be treated in a manner known to those skilled in the art to recover the free base and the latter can be returned to the process.
- This can be achieved, for example, by treating the salt of the auxiliary base with a strong base, e.g. NaOH, KOH, Ca(OH)2, milk of lime, Na2CO3, NaHCO3, K2CO3 or KHCO3, if appropriate in a solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol or isopropanol, n-butanol, n-pentanol or butanol or pentanol isomer mixtures or acetone, to liberate the free base. The auxiliary base which has been liberated in this way can be separated off if it forms a separate phase or, if it is miscible with the salt of the stronger base or the solution of the salt of the stronger base, can be separated off from the mixture by distillation. If necessary, the liberated auxiliary base can also be separated from the salt of the stronger base or the solution of the salt of the stronger base by extraction with an extractant. Examples of extractants are solvents, alcohols or amines.
- If necessary, the auxiliary base can be washed with water or aqueous NaCl or Na2SO4 solution and subsequently dried, e.g. by removal of any water present with the aid of an azeotropic distillation using benzene, toluene, xylene, butanol or cyclohexane.
- If necessary, the base can be distilled before reuse.
- A further possible method of recirculation is to distill the salt of the auxiliary base so as to decompose it thermally into its starting components, i.e. the free base and the trapped acid. The lower-boiling component of the salt is distilled off, while the higher-boiling component remains in the bottoms. The free auxiliary base is either the low boiler or the high boiler. In this way, for example, 1-butylimidazole formate can be separated by distillation into formic acid (top product) and 1-butylimidazole (bottom product), as described in EP-A 181 078.
- A preferred embodiment comprises distilling off the desired product from a reaction mixture in the presence of the protonated form of the auxiliary base and subsequently, after the desired product has been largely removed, setting the auxiliary base free by means of a strong base and subsequently distilling the free auxiliary base. The reaction mixture can be the product of a chemical reaction or a stream from a distillation or rectification, for example an azeotropic mixture which has been admixed with an ionic liquid as entrainer.
- It is important to rectify the desired product under conditions under which the protonated form of the ionic liquid is not significantly volatile, for example as a result of thermal dissociation of the protonated auxiliary base, and to set free and distill the ionic liquid only after the desired product has been separated off. Such a procedure is also possible when the desired product is not stable in the presence of the free form of the auxiliary base and is decomposed.
- If the boiling point of the desired product is relatively high, so that it is not possible to find conditions under which the desired product can be distilled in the presence of the protonated auxiliary base, the separation can also be carried out in the reverse order by firstly setting the auxiliary base free by means of a strong base and subsequently distilling the auxiliary base in the presence of the desired product and only then distilling the desired product. This is particularly advantageous when the desired product is not decomposed by the strong base used.
- The same principle can also be employed when the protonated form of the auxiliary base is used as acid catalyst, i.e. instead of an acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid or formic acid, its salt with an auxiliary base is used as ionic liquid in a reaction. An advantage of this is that the protonated auxiliary base forms a liquid phase during the reaction. The catalytic effect of the protonated auxiliary base can be stopped at any time by addition of a strong base.
- In a further preferred embodiment, an acid catalyst is neutralized by chemical reaction with an auxiliary base which forms a liquid salt with the acid catalyst used, so that the catalyst which has been deactivated in this way can be separated off in a simple liquid-liquid separation.
- Of course, the distillation of an ionic liquid can also be carried out in the absence of the desired product, for example by distilling the ionic liquid from a phase separation or a liquid-liquid extraction. In this case, the ionic liquid, i.e. the auxiliary base in protonated form, can also contain a proportion of desired product or possibly solvent, in general less than 10% by weight in each case, preferably less than 5% by weight each, particularly preferably less than 3% by weight each. In this case, desired product and residual solvent can firstly be removed from the ionic liquid, for example by vacuum distillation or stripping with an inert gas such as nitrogen, and the auxiliary base can subsequently be set free by means of a strong base and purified by distillation or rectification.
- A purified base can then be recirculated to the process at any time.
- It can also be advantageous to use the protonated form of the auxiliary base as solvent for organic reactions. After the reaction products have been separated off, the auxiliary base can be recovered by setting it free by means of a strong base and distilling it and be recirculated, as described above.
- Preferred phosphorylations which can be carried out using the process of the present invention are reactions in which phosphorus compounds, for example phosphines, phosphinic esters, phosphinous esters (phosphinites), phosphonic esters, phosphonic halides, phosphonamides, phosphonous esters (phosphonites), phosphonous amides, phosphonous halides, phosphoric esters, phosphoric diester halides, phosphoric diester amides, phosphoric ester dihalides, phosphoric ester diamides, phosphorous esters (phosphites), phosphorous diester halides, phosphorous diester amides, phosphorous ester dihalides or phosphorous ester diamides, are formed and an acid which forms a salt as described above with the auxiliary base is eliminated.
- In these formulae, R, R′ and R″ are any radicals, X and X′ are halides or pseudohalides, for example F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OCN or SCN, or unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups and Z is oxygen, sulfur or an unsubstituted or monosubstituted nitrogen atom.
- These can be phosphorus compounds which contain one or more, for example two, three or four, preferably two or three, particularly preferably two, phosphorus atoms. In such compounds, the phosphorus atoms are typically joined by a bridge.
- Such bridged compounds having two phosphorus atoms can be, for example:
- diphosphites
(RO)(R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(OR″)(OR′″) (formula II),
diphosphonites
(RO)R′P—O-Z-O—PR″(OR′″) (formula III),
diphosphinites
(R)(R′)P—O-Z-O—P(R″)(R′″) (formula IV),
phosphite-phosphonites
(RO)(R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(OR″)(R′″) (formula V),
phosphite-phosphinites
(RO)(R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(R″)(R′″) (formula VI),
phosphonite-phosphinites
(R)(R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(R″)(R′″) (formula VII),
Where R, R′, R″ and R′″ can be any organic radicals and Z can be any divalent bridge. - For example, the organic radicals can each be, independently of one another, a linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, aromatic or aliphatic radical having up to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. C1-C18-alkyl, C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C2-C18-alkenyl, C6-C12-aryl, C5-C12-cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle, where the radicals mentioned may each be substituted by aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles.
- The compounds mentioned can each be symmetrically or unsymmetrically substituted. Phosphorus compounds having one phosphorus atom are, for example, compounds of the formula (VIII)
P(X1R7)(X2R8)(X3R9) (VIII)
where
X1, X2, X3 are each, independently of one another, oxygen, sulfur, NR10 or a single bond
R7, R8, R9, R10 are, independently of one another, identical or different organic radicals. - Phosphorus compounds having two phosphorus atoms are, for example, compounds of the formula (IX)
where
X11, X12, X13, X21, X22, X23 are each, independently of one another, oxygen, sulfur, NR10 or a single bond,
R11, R12 are, independently of one another, identical or different, individual or bridged organic radicals,
R21, R22 are, independently of one another, identical or different, individual or bridged organic radicals,
Y is a bridging group. - The phosphorus compounds described are suitable, for example, as ligands for catalysts for the hydrocyanation of butadiene to give a mixture of isomeric pentenenitriles. Apart from the hydrocyanation of 1,3-butadiene-containing hydrocarbon mixtures, the catalysts are generally suitable for all customary hydrocyanation processes. Particular mention may be made of the hydrocyanation of nonactivated olefins, e.g. of styrene and 3-pentenenitrile. Furthermore, their use for hydrogenation, hydroformylation, hydrocarboxylation, hydroamidation, hydroesterification and aldol condensation is conceivable.
- Such catalysts can have one or more of the phosphorus compounds as ligands. In addition to the phosphorus compounds as ligands, the catalysts can have at least one further ligand selected from among cyanide, halides, amines, carboxylates, acetylacetone, arylsulfonates and alkylsulfonates, hydride, CO, olefins, dienes, cycloolefines, nitriles, N-containing heterocycles, aromatics and heteroaromatics, ethers, PF3 and monodentate, bidentate and polydentate phosphine, phosphinite, phosphonite and phosphite ligands. These further ligands can likewise be monodentate, bidentate or polydentate and can coordinate to the metal. Further suitable phosphorus-containing ligands are, for example, the phosphine, phosphinite and phosphite ligands described above as prior art.
- The metal is preferably a metal of transition group VIII, particularly preferably cobalt, rhodium, ruthenium, palladium or nickel in any oxidation state. If the catalysts according to the present invention are used for hydrocyanation, the metal is a metal of transition group VIII, in particular nickel.
- If nickel is used, it can be present in various oxidation states, e.g. 0, +1, +2, +3. Preference is given to nickel(0) and nickel(+2), in particular nickel(0).
- In the case of hydroformylation catalysts, catalytically active species are generally formed under hydroformylation conditions from the catalysts or catalyst precursors used in each case.
- For this purpose, preference is given to using cobalt, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, platinum, osmium or iridium, in particular cobalt, rhodium and ruthenium, in any oxidation states as metal.
- The preparation of these catalyst systems is technically complicated and expensive. This is particularly true since the catalyst systems are gradually decomposed during use and thus have to be discharged and replaced by fresh catalyst.
- Methods of preparing the phosphorus compounds and the corresponding catalysts are known per se, for example from U.S. Pat. No. 3,903,120, U.S. Pat. No. 5,523,453, U.S. Pat. No. 5,981,772, U.S. Pat. No. 6,127,567, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,843, U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,191, WO 01/14392, WO 99/13983 and WO 99/64155.
- To prepare the phosphorus compounds used as ligands in the catalysts, it is possible, for example, firstly to react a dihalophosphorus(III) compound with a monoalcohol to form a diester. If desired, this compound can be isolated and/or purified by known methods, e.g. by distillation, prior to being reacted further. This diester is then, for example, reacted with a diol to form the bidentate phosphonite ligand. If symmetrical ligands are to be obtained, two equivalents of the diester can be reacted in a single-stage reaction with one equivalent of the diol. Otherwise, one equivalent of the diester is firstly reacted with one equivalent of the diol and, after formation of the monocondensation product, a second diol is added and reacted further to form the phosphorus compound.
- The acid liberated in the reaction can, according to the present invention, be neutralized by means of one of the abovementioned auxiliary bases to form a liquid salt, so that the synthesis can be considerably simplified.
- Organodiphosphonites of the formula III and catalyst systems in which such organodiphosphonites are present are known, for example from WO 99/64155. To prepare such organodiphosphonites of the formula III, WO 99/64155 describes the reaction of R′PCl2 with one mol of ROH and subsequent reaction of the (RO)R′PCl obtained with half a mol, based on one mol of (RO)R′PCl, of a compound HO-Z-OH at from 40 to about 200° C. In this reaction, the elimination of the hydrogen halide in the first step preferably occurs purely thermally. In addition, both steps should be carried out in the presence of a base.
- For the purposes of the present invention, the processes known from the prior art, e.g. that known from WO 99/64155, are carried out analogously for preparing the abovementioned phosphorus compounds, except that, according to the present invention, an auxiliary base as described above is used and the liberated acid is separated from the reaction mixture by means of the auxiliary base, with the auxiliary base and the acid forming, as mentioned above, a salt which is liquid at temperatures at which the phosphorus compound is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt and the salt of the auxiliary base forming two immiscible liquid phases with the phosphorus compound or the solution of the phosphorus compound in a suitable solvent.
- In general, the phosphorus compounds mentioned can, for example, be prepared as follows:
- The starting materials are, if appropriate as solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions in a solvent, mixed with one another in the desired stoichiometric ratios. It can be useful to divide the starting materials into one or more compositions, i.e. separate streams, so that the reaction does not take place prior to mixing. The auxiliary base which, according to the present invention, forms a liquid salt with the acid can be mixed into one or more of these streams or be introduced into the reaction as a separate stream in addition to these streams. It is also possible, although less preferred, to add the auxiliary base only after the reaction for the purpose of separating off the acid.
- The starting materials or the compositions mentioned are fed into a reactor and reacted with one another under reaction conditions which lead to reaction of the starting materials to form the product. Such reaction conditions depend on the starting materials used and the desired products and are indicated in the prior art mentioned in the present text.
- The reaction can be carried out continuously, semicontinuously or batchwise. The temperature generally ranges from 40° C. to 200° C., while the pressure is not critical according to the present invention and can be subatmospheric, superatmospheric or atmospheric pressure, for example from 10 mbar to 10 bar, preferably from 20 mbar to 5 bar, particularly preferably from 50 mbar to 2 bar and in particular from 100 mbar to 1.5 bar. The residence time of the reaction mixture in the reactor can be from a few seconds to a number of hours and depends on the reaction temperature and, generally to a lesser extent, on the pressure applied.
- In the case of a continuous reaction at a temperature which is sufficiently high for the reaction, preference is given to selecting a short residence time, i.e. from a few seconds to about 2 hours, preferably from 1 second to 2 hours, particularly preferably from 1 second to 1 hour, very particularly preferably from 1 second to 30 minutes, in particular from 1 second to 15 minutes and most preferably from 1 second to 5 minutes.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the preparation of the phosphorus compounds, preferably compounds having a plurality of phosphorus atoms, particularly compounds having 2 or 3 and very particularly preferably 2 phosphorus atoms, from the respective starting materials is carried out continuously at from 60° C. to 150° C., preferably at a temperature above the melting point of the salt of the respective auxiliary base with the acid liberated and up to 130° C., at a residence time of less than 1 hour, preferably less than 30 minutes, particularly preferably less than 15 minutes, very particularly preferably from 1 second to 5 minutes, in particular from 1 second to 1 minute and most preferably from 1 to 30 seconds.
- In such an embodiment, the replacement of substituents on the phosphorus atoms is suppressed, so that it is possible to prepare compounds having a plurality of phosphorus atoms, for example compounds of the formula (IX), and phosphorus compounds having mixed substituents, for example compounds of the formula (VIII) with different radicals R7, R8 and/or R9, under predominantly kinetic control without the substituents on the phosphorus atom/atoms being exchanged as a result of equilibration.
- Good mixing has to be ensured during the reaction, for example by stirring or pumped circulation through static mixers or nozzles.
- As reactors, it is possible to use apparatuses known per se to a person skilled in the art, for example one or more cascaded stirred tanks or tube reactors with internal and/or external heating facilities and preferably jet nozzle reactors or reaction mixing pumps.
- The output from the reactor is passed to an apparatus in which phases formed during the reaction can separate from one another, for example a phase separator or a mixer-settler apparatus. In this apparatus, the phase comprising predominantly ionic liquid is separated from the phase comprising predominantly the desired reaction product at a temperature at which the salt of the auxiliary base with the acid is liquid. If necessary, solvent can be added to accelerate phase separation.
- The auxiliary base can, as described above, be recovered from the phase comprising predominantly ionic liquid.
- The desired reaction product can be isolated from the phase in which it is present and/or purified by methods known per se, for example by distillation, rectification, extraction, fractional or simple crystallization, membrane separation processes, chromatography or combinations thereof.
- The solvents used in the reaction can be the solvents listed above.
- The auxiliary base used in the reaction is generally used in a stoichiometric amount, based on the amount of acid expected, or a slight excess, for example from 100 to 200 mol % based on the amount of acid expected, preferably from 100 to 150 mol % and particularly preferably from 105 to 125 mol %.
- The starting materials for preparing the desired phosphorus compounds are known per se to those skilled in the art or can readily be obtained by known methods and are mentioned, for example, in the prior art mentioned in the present text. The stoichiometric ratios in which the starting materials are to be reacted are likewise known or can readily be deduced.
- The starting materials are preferably used as liquids or melts, and for this purpose may be dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. However, it is of course also possible to use at least some of the starting materials as solids.
- If they are admixed with a solvent, the solvent is generally used in such an amount that the mixture is liquid, for example as a solution or dispersion. Typical concentrations of the starting materials based on the total amount of solution or dispersion are from 5 to 95% by weight, preferably from 10 to 90% by weight, particularly preferably from 25 to 90% by weight and very particularly preferably from 50 to 90% by weight.
- Compounds (VIII) have the formula
P(X1R7)(X2R8)(X3R9) (VIII). - For the purposes of the present invention, the compound (VIII) may be a single compound or a mixture of various compounds of the abovementioned formula.
- According to the present invention, X1, X2, X3 are each, independently of one another, oxygen, sulfur, NR10 or a single bond.
- R10 is hydrogen or an organic radical having 1-10 carbon atoms, preferably hydrogen, phenyl or C1-C4-alkyl, which for the purposes of the present text refers to methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl.
- If all the groups X1, X2 and X3 are single bonds, the compound (VIII) is a phosphine of the formula P(R7R8R9), where R7, R8 and R9 are as defined in the present description.
- If two of the groups X1, X2 and X3 are single bonds and one is oxygen, the compound (VIII) is a phosphinite of the formula P(OR7)(R8)(R9) or P(R7)(OR8)(R9) or P(R7)(R8)(OR9) where R7, R8 and R9 are as defined in the present description.
- If one of the groups X1, X2 and X3 is a single bond and two are oxygen, the compound (VIII) is a phosphonite of the formula P(OR7)(OR8)(R9) or P(R7)(OR8)(OR9) or P(OR7)(R8)(OR9) where R7, R8 and R9 are as defined in the present description.
- In a preferred embodiment, all of the groups X1, X2 and X3 are oxygen, so that the compound (VIII) is advantageously a phosphite of the formula P(OR7)(OR8)(OR9) where R7, R8 and R9 are as defined in the present description.
- According to the present invention, R7, R8, R9 are, independently of one another, identical or different organic radicals.
- R7, R8 and R9 may be, independently of one another, alkyl radicals, advantageously alkyl radicals having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, aryl groups such as phenyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, p-fluorophenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, or hydrocarbyl, advantageously hydrocarbyl having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. 1,1′-biphenol, 1,1′-binaphthol.
- The groups R7, R8 and R9 can be joined to one another directly, i.e. not only via the central phosphorus atom. It is preferred that the groups R7, R8 and R9 are not joined directly to one another.
- In a preferred embodiment, the groups R7, R8 and R9 may be radicals selected from the group consisting of phenyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl and p-tolyl.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, not more than two of the groups R7, R8 and R9 are phenyl groups.
- In another preferred embodiment, not more than two of the groups R7, R8 and R9 are o-tolyl groups.
- As particularly preferred compounds (VIII), it is possible to use compounds of the formula
(o-tolyl-O—)w(m-tolyl-O—)x(p-tolyl-O—)y(phenyl-O—)zP
where w, x, y, z are each a natural number,
where w+x+y+z=3 and
w, z are each less than or equal to 2,
e.g. (p-tolyl-O—)(phenyl)2P, (m-tolyl-O—)(phenyl)2P, (o-tolyl-O—)(phenyl)2P, (p-tolyl-O—)2(phenyl)P, (m-tolyl-O—)2(phenyl)P, (o-tolyl-O—)2(phenyl)P, (m-tolyl-O—)(p-tolyl-O—)(phenyl)P, (o-tolyl-O—)(p-tolyl-O—)(phenyl)P, (o-tolyl-O—)(m-tolyl-O—)(phenyl)P, (p-tolyl-O—)3P, (m-tolyl-O-)(p-tolyl-O—)2P, (o-tolyl-O—)(p-tolyl-O—)2P, (m-tolyl-O—)2(p-tolyl-O—)P, (o-tolyl-O—)2(p-tolyl-O—)P, (o-tolyl-O—)(m-tolyl-O—)(p-tolyl-O—)P, (m-tolyl-O—)3P, (o-tolyl-O—)(m-tolyl-O—)2P(o-tolyl-O—)2(m-tolyl-O—)P or mixtures of such compounds. - Mixtures comprising, for example, (m-tolyl-O—)3P, (m-tolyl-O—)2(p-tolyl-O—)P, (m-tolyl-O—)(p-tolyl-O—)2P and (p-tolyl-O—)3P can be obtained by reaction of a mixture comprising m-cresol and p-cresol, in particular in a molar ratio of 2:1, as is obtained in the fractional distillation of petroleum, with a phosphorus trihalide such as phosphorus trichloride.
- Such compounds (VIII) and their preparation are known per se.
- Compounds (IX) have the formula
where
X11, X12, X13, X21, X22, X23 are each, independently of one another, oxygen, sulfur, NR10 or a single bond,
R11, R12 are, independently of one another, identical or different, individual or bridged organic radicals,
R21, R22 are, independently of one another, identical or different, individual or bridged organic radicals,
Y is a bridging group. - For the purposes of the present invention, the compound (IX) may be a single compound or a mixture of various compounds of the abovementioned formula.
- In a preferred embodiment, X11, X12, X13, X21, X22, X23 are each oxygen. In such a case, the bridging group Y is joined to phosphite groups.
- In another preferred embodiment, X11 and X12 are oxygen and X13 is a single bond or X11 and X13 are oxygen and X12 is a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X11, X12 and X13 is the central atom of a phosphonite. In such a case, X21, X22 and X23 can be oxygen or X21 and X22 are oxygen and X23 is a single bond or X21 and X23 are oxygen and X22 is a single bond or X23 is oxygen and X21 and X22 are each a single bond or X21 is oxygen and X22 and X23 are each a single bond or X21, X22 and X23 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X21, X22 and X23 is the central atom of a phosphite, phosphonite, phosphinite or phosphine, preferably a phosphonite.
- In another preferred embodiment, X13 is oxygen and X11 and X12 are each a single bond or X11 is oxygen and X12 and X13 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X11, X12 and X13 is the central atom of a phosphinite. In such a case, X21, X22 and X23 can be oxygen or X23 is oxygen and X24 and X22 are each a single bond or X21 is oxygen and X22 and X23 are each a single bond or X21, X22 and X23 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X21, X22 and X23 is the central atom of a phosphite, phosphinite or phosphine, preferably a phosphinite.
- In another preferred embodiment, X11, X12 and X13 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X11, X12 and X13 is the central atom of a phosphine. In such a case, X21, X22 and X23 can be oxygen or X21, X22 and X23 are each a single bond, so that the phosphorus atom surrounded by X21, X22 and X23 is the central atom of a phosphite or phosphine, preferably a phosphine.
- The bridging group Y is advantageously an aryl group, preferably one having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms in the aromatic system, which may be unsubstituted or substituted, for example by C1-C4-alkyl, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, halogenated alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, aryl, such as phenyl. Particularly preferred examples of bridging groups Y are pyrocatechol, bis(phenol) or bis(naphthol).
- The radicals R11 and R12 can be, independently of one another, identical or different organic radicals. Advantageous radicals R11 and R12 are aryl radicals, preferably those having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted, in particular by C1-C4-alkyl, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, halogenated alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, aryl, such as phenyl, or unsubstituted aryl groups.
- The radicals R21 and R22 can be, independently of one another, identical or different organic radicals. Advantageous radicals R21 and R22 are aryl radicals, preferably those having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms, which may be unsubstituted or monosubstituted or polysubstituted, in particular by C1-C4-alkyl, halogen, such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, halogenated alkyl, such as trifluoromethyl, aryl, such as phenyl, or unsubstituted aryl groups.
- The radicals R11 and R12 can be individual or bridged.
- The radicals R21 and R22 can be individual or bridged.
- The radicals R11, R12, R21 and R22 can all be individual, two can be bridged and two individual or all four can be bridged in the manner described.
- The following, particularly preferred embodiments in the stated scope are expressly incorporated by reference into the present disclosure:
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,809, in particular those described in column 2, line 23 to column 4, line 14 and in the examples, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 6,127,567, in particular the compounds used in column 2, line 23 to column 6, line 35, in the formulae I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII and IX and in examples 1 to 29, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 6,171,996, in particular the compounds used in column 2, line 25 to column 6, line 39, in the formulae I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII and IX and in examples 1 to 29, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 6,380,421, in particular the compounds used in column 2, line 58 to column 6, line 63, in the formulae I, II and III and in examples 1 to 3, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,488,129, in particular the compounds used in column 3, line 4 to column 4, line 33, in the formula I and in examples 1 to 49, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,555, in particular the compounds used in column 2, line 13 to column 5, line 30, in the formulae I and II and in examples 1 to 4, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in WO 99/46044, particularly the compounds used in page 3, line 7 to page 8, line 27, and in particular those in the formulae Ia to Ig and in examples 1 to 6, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of the formulae I, II, III, IV and V mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,723,641 come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of the formulae I, II, III, IV, V, VI and VII mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,696, in particular the compounds used there in examples 1 to 31, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of the formulae I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV and XV mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,378, in particular the compounds used there in examples 1 to 73, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of the formulae I, II, III, IV, V and VI mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,512,695, in particular the compounds used there in examples 1 to 6, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of the formulae I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII and XIV mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,981,772, in particular the compounds used there in examples 1 to 66, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of the formulae I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX and X mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 6,020,516, in particular the compounds used there in examples 1 to 33, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,959,135 and those used there in examples 1 to 13, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of the formulae I, II and III mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,191 come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,523,453, in particular the compounds shown there in the formulae 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in WO 01/14392, preferably the compounds shown there in the formulae V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XXI, XXII, XXIII, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in WO 98/27054 come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in WO 99/13983, particularly the compounds mentioned on page 5, line 1 to page 11, line 45 and in particular those in the formulae Ia to 1 h and examples 1 to 24, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in WO 99/64155, particularly the compounds mentioned on page 4, line 1 to page 12, line 7 and in particular those in the formulae Ia to Ic and examples 1 to 4, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in the German patent application DE 10038037 come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in the German patent application DE 10046025 come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in the German patent application number DE 10156292.6 filed on Nov. 19, 2001, in particular the compounds mentioned in the submitted text on page 1, lines 6 to 19 and on page 2, line 21 to page 2, line 30, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in the German patent application number DE 10150281.8 filed on Oct. 12, 2001, in particular the compounds mentioned in the submitted text on page 1, line 36 to page 5, line 45, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in the German patent application number DE 10150285.0 filed on Oct. 12, 2001, in particular the compounds mentioned in the submitted text on page 1, line 35 to page 5, line 37, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in the German patent application number DE 10150286.9 filed on Oct. 12, 2001, in particular the compounds mentioned in the submitted text on page 1, line 37 to page 6, line 15, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in the German patent application number DE 10148712.6 filed on Oct. 2, 2001, in particular the compounds mentioned in the submitted text on page 1, lines 6 to 29 and page 2, line 15 to page 4, line 24, come into consideration.
- Lewis acids are separated off by combining, according to the present invention, auxiliary base and Lewis acid to form a complex which, as described above, is liquid at the relevant temperatures and form a phase which is immiscible with the desired product.
- A known way of separating off, for example, aluminum trichloride is to add equimolar amounts of phosphoryl chloride (POCl3) to the product, with the resulting Cl3PO.AlCl3 complex precipitating and being able to be separated off by, for example, filtration (W. T. Dye, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1948, 70, 2595). Furthermore, it is known from this document that a precisely determined amount of water can be added to the product so as to form the hydrate of aluminum trichloride which can likewise be separated off from the product by filtration.
- According to Gefter, Zh. Obshch. Khim., 1958, 28, 1338, AlCl3 can also be precipitated by formation of a complex with pyridine and be separated off in this way.
- DE 32 48 483 discloses a process for separating off AlCl3 with the aid of NaCl.
- A disadvantage of these processes is that these complexes are hygroscopic, as solid complexes require a solid-liquid separation and in this often have unfavorable filtration properties, e.g. lump formation, which makes any subsequent washing difficult.
- EP 838 447 describes the formation of liquid clathrates which are insoluble in the respective Friedel-Crafts product and can be separated off, for example, by means of phase separation.
- K. R. Seddon, J. Chem. Tech. Biotechnol. 68 (1997) 351, describes principles of a method of separating off Lewis acids with the aid of ionic liquids such as 1-butylpyridinium chloride/aluminum(III) chloride, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride/aluminum(III) chloride. However, these are permanently cationic systems which, in contrast to, for example, the auxiliary bases (Ia) to (Ir), cannot be used as free, nonionic auxiliary bases.
- EP-A1 1 142 898 describes phosphorylations for the preparation of biphenyl phosphonites in which phases of eutectic pyridine hydrochloride/pyridine/aluminum chloride mixtures are separated from product-containing solvent phases.
- A disadvantage is that the separation of such liquid mixtures from the product is not possible without formation of a eutectic.
- According to the present invention, the above-described process for separating Lewis acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base is carried out using an auxiliary base which satisfies the following conditions:
- b) the auxiliary base and the Lewis acid form a salt which is liquid at temperatures at which the desired product is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt and
- c) the salt of the auxiliary base forms two immiscible liquid phases with the desired product or the solution of the desired product in a suitable solvent.
- For this purpose, the reaction with the Lewis acid to produce the product is generally carried out in the usual way and the auxiliary base is added to the reaction mixture after the reaction is complete in order to separate off the Lewis acid. Of course, the reaction mixture can also be added to the auxiliary base. The important thing is that the reaction mixture is mixed with the auxiliary base, with auxiliary base and Lewis acid generally forming a complex. It is usual to employ at least one mole of auxiliary base per mole of Lewis acid to be separated off in the reaction mixture, preferably from 1.0 to 1.5 mol/mol, particularly preferably from 1.0 to 1.3 mol/mol, very particularly preferably from 1.0 to 1.3 mol/mol and in particular from 1.0 to 1.25 mol/mol.
- After the Lewis acid and auxiliary base have been mixed, the reaction mixture can be immediately worked up further, but it can also continue to be stirred for from a few minutes to a number of hours, preferably from 5 to 120 minutes, particularly preferably from 10 to 60 minutes and very particularly preferably from 15 to 45 minutes.
- During this time, the reaction mixture can advantageously be kept at a temperature at which the complex of auxiliary base and Lewis acid is liquid but no significant decomposition occurs, although the mixture can also be kept below the melting point of the complex.
- The phase separation is carried out under conditions as have been described above. In the case of a complex of, for example, AlCl3 and N-methylimidazole, the melting point is about 60° C., so that the separation, e.g. by phase separation, from the desired product can be carried out at relatively low temperatures.
- The separation method of the present invention can be used wherever Lewis acids have to be separated from a desired product, preferably in Friedel-Crafts alkylations or acylations, phosphorylations or sulfurations of aromatics, particularly preferably in phosphorylations of aromatics.
- Preferred examples of phosphorylations of aromatics are the reactions of aromatics with phosphoryl halides, for example PCl3, PCl5, POCl3 or PBr3, in the presence of Lewis acids as catalysts.
- Examples of aromatics which can be used are those of the formula (X),
where
Z is a single bond or any divalent bridge and
R31, R32, R33, R34, R35 and R36 are each, independently of one another
hydrogen, C1-C18-alkyl, C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C1-C18-alkyloxy, C1-C18-alkyloxycarbonyl, C6-C12-aryl, C5-C12-cycloalkyl, a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle or a functional group or two of them together form an unsaturated, saturated or aromatic ring which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, where each of the radicals mentioned may be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles. - Functional groups for this purpose are, for example, nitro (—NO2), nitroso (—NO), carboxyl (—COOH), halogen (—F, —Cl, —Br, —I), amino (—NH2, —NH(C1-C4-alkyl), —N(C1-C4-alkyl)2), carboxamide (—CONH2, —CONH(C1-C4-alkyl), —CON(C1-C4-alkyl)2), nitrile (—CN), thiol (—SH) or thioether functions (—S(C1-C4-alkyl)).
- Preference is given to the radicals R31, R32, R33, R34, R35 and R36 each being, independently of one another, hydrogen, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkyloxy, C1-C4-alkyloxycarbonyl or halogen.
- Particular preference is given to the radicals R31, R32, R33, R34, R35 and R36 each being, independently of one another, hydrogen, methyl, tert-butyl, ethyl, methoxy, fluorine or chlorine.
- Examples of Z are a single bond, methylene, 1,2-ethylene, 1,1-ethylene, 1,1-propylene, 2,2-propylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1,4-dimethyl-2,3-phenylene, oxygen (—O—), unsubstituted or monosubstituted nitrogen (—NH— or —N(C1-C4-alkyl)-) and sulfur (—S—).
- Z is preferably a single bond, oxygen or methylene.
- Particularly preferred aromatics are benzene, toluene, o-, m- or p-xylene, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzene, ethylbenzene, 1-ethyl-3-methylbenzene, 1-ethyl-4-methylbenzene, isopropylbenzene, 1,3-diisopropylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, 1,3-di-tert-butylbenzene, 1-tert-butyl-3-methylbenzene, 1-tert-butyl-3,5-dimethylbenzene, n-propylbenzene, styrene, indene, fluorene, dimethylaniline, fluorobenzene, chlorobenzene, bromobenzene, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-dichlorobenzene, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-difluorobenzene, 1,1′-binaphthyl, 2,2′-di(C1-C4-alkyl)-1,1′-binaphthyl, in particular 2,2′-dimethyl-1,1′-binaphthyl, 2,2′-di(C1-C4-alkyloxy)-1,1′-binaphthyl, in particular 2,2′-dimethoxy-1,1′-binaphthyl, 3,3′-bis(C1-C4-alkyloxycarbonyl)-1,1′-binaphthyl, biphenyl, 3,3′,5,5′-tetra(C1-C4-alkyl)oxybiphenyl, in particular 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethoxybiphenyl, 3,3′,5,5′-tetra(C1-C4-alkyl)biphenyl, in particular 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethylbiphenyl, 3,3′-dimethoxy-5,5′-dimethylbiphenyl, naphthalene, 2-(C1-C4-alkyl)naphthalene, in particular 2-methylnaphthalene, 2-(C1-C4-alkyloxy)naphthalene, in particular 2-methoxynaphthalene, and diphenylmethane.
- Very particularly preferred aromatics are benzene, toluene, o-, m- or p-xylene, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzene, isopropylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, fluorobenzene, chlorobenzene, naphthalene and binaphthyl.
- Examples of desired products which can be obtained by phosphorylations or sulfurations of aromatics, Friedel-Crafts alkylations or acylations are ethylbenzene, acetophenone, 4-methylacetophenone, 4-methoxyacetophenone, propiophenone, benzophenone, dichlorophenylphosphine, diphenylchlorophosphine, tosyl chloride, 1,2-, 1,3- and 1,4-diethylbenzene, 1,2,3-, 1,2,4- and 1,3,5-triethylbenzene, cumene (isopropylbenzene), tert-butylbenzene, 1,3- and 1,4-methylisopropylbenzene, 9,10-dihydroanthracene, indane, cresol, 2,6-xylenol, 2-sec-butylphenol, 4-tert-butylphenol, octyiphenol, nonylphenol, dodecylphenol, thymol and 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol.
- According to the present invention, the acid is separated off by means of a nonionic, i.e. uncharged, auxiliary base. The above-described auxiliary bases of the formula (Ia) to (Ir) are particularly useful for this purpose.
- In a preferred embodiment for separating off Lewis acids, these are separated off without substantial proportions of Brönsted acids (protic acids), i.e. the molar ratio of Brönsted acids to Lewis acids in the separated off salt of the acid with the auxiliary base is not more than 1:1, preferably not more than 0.75:1, particularly preferably not more than 0.5:1, very particularly preferably not more than 0.3:1 and in particular not more than 0.2:1.
- In a further preferred embodiment, further phosphorus compounds which can be prepared by the process of the present invention are aminodihalophosphines, diaminohalophosphines, triaminophosphines, phosphorous ester diamides, aminophosphines, diaminophosphines, phosphorous ester amide halides and aminophosphine halides.
- It is known from WO 98/19985 that the synthesis of aminochlorophosphines can be carried out by reacting an N—H-acid compound with phosphorus trichloride in an organic solvent in the presence of an auxiliary base with formation of an insoluble salt. A disadvantage of this method is that the salt subsequently has to be separated off by filtration.
- In Organometallics 2002, 21, 3873, van der Slot et al. describes the synthesis of aminochlorophosphines, aminophosphines and phosphoramidites using triethylamine as auxiliary base.
- The insoluble salts formed in the reaction likewise have to be removed by filtration.
- WO 02/83695 describes the synthesis of phosphoramidites and their use in the hydroformylation of terminal and internal olefins.
- The process of the present invention enables phosphorus halides and chelating phosphoramidite ligands to be handled more simply in engineering terms (no removal of the solid salts of the auxiliary base) and enables them to be prepared with high selectivity in a higher space-time yield in the reaction.
- Aminodihalophosphines
[N]PXX′
Diaminohalophosphines
[N][N′]PX
Triaminophosphines
[N][N′][N″]P
Phosphorous ester diamides
(RO)P[N][N′]
Aminophosphines
R′R″P[N]
Diaminophosphines
R′P[N][N′]
Phosphorous ester amide halides
(RO)[N]PX
Aminophosphine halides
[N]R′PX - In these, R, R′ and R″ are any organic radicals which may be identical or different, X and X′ are halogens or pseudohalogens, for example F, Cl, Br, I, CN, OCN or SCN, preferably Cl, which may be identical or different, and [N], [N′] and [N′] are unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups which may be identical or different.
- The compounds prepared can be phosphorus compounds having one or more, for example, two, three or four, preferably two or three and particularly preferably two, phosphorus atoms. The phosphorus atoms in such compounds are typically linked by a bridge.
- For example, such bridged compounds having two phosphorus atoms can be:
- systems which are both nitrogen- and oxygen-substituted on each phosphorus:
- diphosphorous diester amides
[N](R′O)P—O-Z-O—P[N′](OR″)
systems which are nitrogen-substituted on each phosphorus:
diphosphorous ester diamides
[N][N′]P—O-Z-O—P[N″][N′″]
bistriaminophosphines
[N][N]P—[N″]-Z-[N′″]—P[N″″][N′″″]
unsymmetrically substituted systems:
[N](R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(OR″)(OR′″)
[N][N′]P—O-Z-O—P(OR″)(OR′″)
[N][N′]P—O-Z-O—P[N″](OR′″)
systems which are both nitrogen- and carbon-substituted on each phosphorus:
[N](R′)P—O-Z-O—P[N′](R′″)
[N](R′)P—[N″]-Z-[N′″]P[N′](R′″)
unsymmetrical systems:
[N](R′O)P—O-Z-O—P[N](R′″) - In these, R, R′, R″ and R′″ can be any organic radicals which may be identical or different, [N], [N′], [N″], [N′″], [N″″] and [N′″″] are unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups which may be identical or different and Z can be any divalent bridge.
- Of course, other permutations which are not explicitly mentioned here are also conceivable.
- R, R′, R″ and R′″ can, for example, each be, independently of one another, a linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted, aromatic or aliphatic radical having from one to 20 carbon atoms, e.g. C1-C18-alkyl, C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C2-C18-alkenyl, C6-C12-aryl, C5-C12-cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle, where each of the radicals mentioned may be substituted by aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles.
- The divalent bridge Z can be, for example, unsubstituted or halogen-, C1-C8-alkyl-, C2-C8-alkenyl-, carboxy-, carboxy-C1-C8-alkyl-, C1-C20-acyl-, C1-C8-alkoxy-, C6-C12-aryl-, hydroxyl- or hydroxy-C1-C8-alkyl-substituted C6-C12-arylene, C3-C12-cycloalkylene, C1-C20-alkylene or C2-C20-alkylene interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups and/or by one or more —(CO)—, —O(CO)O—, —(NH)(CO)O—, —O(CO)(NH)—, —O(CO)— or —(CO)O— groups.
-
- where
- A1 and A2 are each, independently of one another, O, S, SiR51R52, NR53 or CR54R55, where
- R51, R52 and R53 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or hetaryl,
- R54 and R55 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or hetaryl or the group R54 together with a further group R54 or the group R55 together with a further group R55 forms an intramolecular bridging group D,
- where A1 in the formulae XIII.a to XIII.t may also be a C2- or C3-alkylene bridge which may contain a double bond and/or bear an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or hetaryl substituent or be interrupted by O, S, SiR51R52 or NR53,
- D is a divalent bridging group selected from among the groups
where
R61 and R62 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, carboxyl, carboxylate or cyano or are joined to one another to form a C3-C4-alkylene bridge,
R63, R64, R65 and R66 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halogen, trifluoromethyl, COOH, carboxylate, cyano, alkoxy, SO3H, sulfonate, NE1E2, alkylene-NE1E2E3+X−, acyl or nitro,
c is 0 or 1,
where in the case of c being 0, the groups A1 and A2 are not joined to one another by a single bond,
RI, RII, RIII, RIV, RV, RVI, RVII, RVIII, RIX, RX, RXI and RXII are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, hetaryl, halogen, COOR56, COO−M+, SO3R56, SO− 3M+, NE1E2, NE1E2E3+, alkylene-NE1E2, alkylene NE1E2E3+X−, OR56, SR56, (CHR57CH2O)wR56, (CH2N(E1))wR56, (CH2CH2N(E1))wR56, halogen, trifluoromethyl, nitro, acyl or cyano,
where
R56, E1, E2 and E3 are identical or different radicals selected from among hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl and aryl,
R57 is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl,
M+ is a cation,
X− is an anion, and
w is an integer from 1 to 120,
or
two adjacent radicals selected from among RI, RII, RIII, RIV, RV, RVI, RVII and RVIII together with two adjacent carbon atoms of the benzene ring to which they are bound form a fused ring system having 1, 2 or 3 further rings. - Preferred bridging groups Z of the formula (XII) are ones in which the index c is 0 and the groups A1 and A2 are selected from among the groups O, S and CRdRe, in particular from among O, S, the methylene group (R54═R55═H), the dimethylmethylene group (R54═R55═CH3), the diethylmethylene group (R54═R55═C2H5), the di-n-propylmethylene group (R54═R55═n-propyl) and the di-n-butyl-methylene group (R54═R55=n-butyl). Particular preference is given to bridging groups Z in which A1 is different from A2 and A1 is preferably a CRdRe group and A2 is preferably an O or S group, particularly preferably an oxa group O.
- Particularly preferred bridging groups Z are thus those which are made up of a triptycene-like or xanthene-like (A1: CRdRe, A2: O) framework.
- The substituents RI, RII, RIII, RIV, RV, RVI, RVII, RVIII, RIX, RX, RXI and RXII are preferably selected from among hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and hetaryl. In a first preferred embodiment, RI, RII, RIII, RIV, RV, RVI, RVII, RVIII, RIX, RX, RXI and RXII are each hydrogen. In a further preferred embodiment, RI and RVI in XIII.p and XIII.q. are each, independently of one another, C1-C4-alkyl or C1-C4-alkoxy. RI and RVI are preferably selected from among methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl and methoxy. In these compounds, RII, RIII, RIV and RV are preferably each hydrogen.
- In a further preferred embodiment, RI, RIII, RVI and RVIII in XIII.b, XIII.c and XIII.f are each, independently of one another, C1-C4-alkyl or C1-C4-alkoxy. RI, RIII, RVI and RVIII are preferably selected from among methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl and methoxy. In these compounds, RII, RIV, RV and RVII are preferably each hydrogen.
- In a further preferred embodiment, RI, RIII, RIV, RV, RVI and RVIII in XIII.b, XIII.c and XIII.f are each, independently of one another, C1-C4-alkyl or C1-C4-alkoxy. RI, RIII, RIV, RV, RVI and RVIII are preferably selected from among methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl and methoxy. In these compounds, RII and RVII are preferably each hydrogen.
- In a further preferred embodiment, RI and RXII in XIII.d and XIII.e are each, independently of one another, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, C1-C4-carboalkoxy or C1-C4-trialkylsilyl. RI and RXII are preferably selected from among methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, methoxy, carbomethoxy and trimethylsilyl. In these compounds, RII, RIII, RIV, RV, RVI, RVII, RVIII, RIX, RX and RXI are preferably each hydrogen.
- When two adjacent radicals selected from among RI, RII, RIII, RIV, RV, RVI, RVII, RVIII, RIX, RX, RXI and RXII form a fused-on ring system, the ring system is preferably a benzene or naphthalene unit. Fused-on benzene rings are preferably unsubstituted or bear 1, 2 or 3, in particular 1 or 2, substituents selected from among alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, SO3H, sulfonate, NE1E2, alkylene-NE1E2, trifluoromethyl, nitro, COORf, alkoxycarbonyl, acyl and cyano. Fused-on naphthalene units are preferably unsubstituted or have a total of 1, 2 or 3, in particular 1 or 2, of the substituents mentioned above in respect of the fused-on benzene rings in the ring which is not fused on and/or in the fused-on ring.
- Among the groups XIII.a to XIII.t, preference is given to the groups XIII.a to XIII.e and particular preference is given to the groups XIII.b and XIII.d.
- The unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups [N], [N′], [N″], [N′″], [N″″] and [N′″″] can each be, independently of one another, an —NR41R42 group, where
- R41 and R42 are each, independently of one another, C1-C18-alkyl, C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted amino groups, C2-C18-alkenyl, C6-C12-aryl, C5-C12-cycloalkyl or a five- or six-membered, oxygen-, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle, where each of the radicals mentioned may be substituted by aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles and R41 and R42 may together also form a ring.
-
-
- The 3-methylindolyl group (skatolyl group) of the formula XIV.f1 is particularly advantageous.
- It can also be advantageous for two groups [N] and [N′] or [N″] and [N′″], for example pyrroles or indoles, bound to a phosphorus atom to be bound to one another via bridges A3 in positions 2 or 3,
where
A3 is a single bond, O, S, SiR51R52, NR53, CR54R55 or a C2- or C10-alkylene bridge which may have a double bond and/or bear an alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or hetaryl substituent or be interrupted by O, S, SiR51R52 or NR53, where R51, R52, R53, R54 and R55 are as defined above, and
R71, R72, R73, R74, R75 and R76 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, hetaryl, halogen, COOR56, COO−M+, SO3R56, SO− 3M+, NE1E2, NE1E2E3+X−, alkylene-NE1E2, alkylene-NE1E2E3+X−, OR56, SR56, (CHR57CH2O)wR56, (CH2N(E1))wR56, (CH2CH2N(E1))wR56, halogen, trifluoromethyl, nitro, acyl or cyano, where R56, E1, E2, E3 and X are as defined above. - The groups R71 and R72 and/or R75 and R76 can also together form a five-, six- or seven-membered ring by together forming a chain which may be substituted by alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, hetaryl or halogen and has three, four or five carbon atoms in the chain, for example 1,3-propylene, 1,4-butylene, 1,5-pentylene and preferably 1,4-buta-1,3-dienylene.
- The compounds mentioned can in each case be symmetrically or unsymmetrically substituted.
- The phosphorus compounds described are, for example, suitable as ligands for catalysts for the hydroformylation of terminal and internal olefins. Their use for hydrocyanation, hydrogenation, hydrocarboxylation, hydroamidation, hydroesterification and aldol condensation is also conceivable.
- Such catalysts can have one or more phosphorus compounds as ligands. In addition to the phosphorus compounds as ligands, they can further comprise at least one additional ligand selected from among hydride, alkyl, cyanide, halides, amines, carboxylates, acetylacetone, arylsulfonates and alkylsulfonates, hydride, CO, olefins, dienes, cycloolefins, nitrites, N-containing heterocycles, aromatics and heteroaromatics, ethers, PF3 and monodentate, bidentate and polydentate phosphine, phosphinite, phosphonite and phosphite ligands. These further ligands can likewise be monodentate, bidentate or polydentate and coordinate to the metal. Suitable further phosphorus-containing ligands are, for example, the phosphine, phosphinite and phosphite ligands described previously as prior art.
- The metal is preferably a metal of transition group VIII, particularly preferably cobalt, rhodium, ruthenium, palladium or nickel atoms in any oxidation state. If the catalysts prepared according to the present invention are used for hydroformylation, the metal of transition group VIII is most preferably rhodium.
- In the case of hydroformylation catalysts, catalytically active species are generally formed under hydroformylation conditions from the catalysts or catalyst precursors used.
- In such a case, the metal used is preferably cobalt, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, platinum, osmium or iridium, in particular cobalt, rhodium or ruthenium, in any oxidation state.
- Methods of preparing the phosphorus compounds and the corresponding catalysts are known per se, for example from U.S. Pat. No. 3,903,120, U.S. Pat. No. 5,523,453, U.S. Pat. No. 5,981,772, U.S. Pat. No. 6,127,567, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,843, U.S. Pat. No. 5,847,191, WO 01/14392, WO 99/13983 and WO 99/64155.
- To prepare the phosphorus compounds used as ligands in the catalysts, it is possible, for example, to react phosphorus trichloride with two equivalents of a pyrrole-type compound, forming a diaminochlorophosphine. To synthesize diphosphoramidites, the diaminochlorophosphine prepared according to the present invention (or else conventionally) can be reacted with a diol to give a bidentate ligand. If unsymmetrical ligands are to be prepared, one equivalent of the, for example, diaminochlorophosphine is firstly reacted with the diol, and the further coupling component (e.g. an aryidichlorophosphine) is subsequently added.
- The starting materials are mixed with one another in amounts corresponding to the desired stoichiometry, if desired dissolved or dispersed, i.e. suspended or emulsified, in a solvent. It can be useful to divide up the starting materials into one or more compositions, i.e. separate streams, so that the reaction does not take place before mixing. The auxiliary base which, according to the present invention, forms a liquid salt with the acid can be mixed into one or more of these streams or be introduced into the reaction as an individual stream separate from the other streams. It is also possible, although less preferred, to add the auxiliary base only after the reaction in order to separate off the acid.
- The starting materials or the compositions mentioned are fed into a reactor and reacted with one another under reaction conditions which lead to reaction of the starting materials to form the product. Such reaction conditions depend on the starting materials used and the desired products and are described in the prior art cited in this text.
- The reaction can be carried out continuously, semicontinuously or batchwise. The temperature is generally in the range from 30° C. to 190° C., preferably from 70 to 120° C. The pressure is not critical according to the present invention and can be subatmospheric, superatmospheric or atmospheric pressure, for example from 10 mbar to 10 bar, preferably from 20 mbar to 5 bar, particularly preferably from 50 mbar to 2 bar and in particular from 100 mbar to 1.5 bar. The residence time of the reaction mixture in the reactor can be from a few seconds to a number of hours and is dependent on the reaction temperature and, generally to a lesser extent, on the pressure applied.
- In the case of a continuous reaction at a temperature which is sufficiently high for the reaction, for example from 30° C. to 190° C., preferably from 70 to 120° C., the residence time is preferably short, i.e. from a few seconds to about 2 hours, preferably from 1 second to 2 hours, particularly preferably from 1 second to 1 hour, very particularly preferably from 1 second to 30 minutes, in particular from 1 second to 15 minutes and especially preferably from 1 second to 5 minutes.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the preparation of the phosphorus compounds, preferably phosphorus compounds having a plurality of phosphorus atoms, particularly preferably compounds having 2 or 3 and very particularly preferably 2 phosphorus atoms, from the respective starting materials is carried out continuously at from 60° C. to 150° C., preferably at a temperature above the melting point of the salt of the auxiliary base used with the acid liberated up to 130° C. at a residence time of less than 1 hour, preferably less than 30 minutes, particularly preferably less than 15 minutes, very particularly preferably from 1 second to 5 minutes, in particular from 1 second to 1 minute and especially preferably from 1 to 30 seconds.
- In such an embodiment, the replacement of substituents on the phosphorus atoms can be suppressed, and it thus becomes possible to prepare compounds having a plurality of phosphorus atoms and phosphorus compounds having mixed substituents under predominantly kinetic control without the substituents on the phosphorus atom or atoms being exchanged as a result of equilibration.
- Good mixing has to be ensured during the reaction, for example by stirring or pumped circulation using static mixers or nozzles.
- As reactors, it is possible to use apparatuses known per se to those skilled in the art, for example one or more cascaded stirred or tube reactors having internal or external heating and preferably jet nozzle reactors or reaction mixing pumps.
- The output from the reaction is passed to an apparatus in which phases formed during the reaction can separate, for example phase separators or mixer-settler apparatuses. In this apparatus, the phase comprising predominantly ionic liquid is separated from the phase comprising predominantly the desired reaction product at a temperature at which the salt of the auxiliary base with the acid is liquid. If necessary, solvents can be added to accelerate phase separation.
- The auxiliary base can be recovered from the phase comprising predominantly ionic liquid in the manner described above.
- The reaction product can be isolated from the phase comprising the desired reaction product and/or be purified using methods known per se, for example by distillation, rectification, extraction, fractional or simple crystallization, membrane separation processes, chromatography or combinations thereof.
- The solvent used in the reaction can be one of the solvents mentioned above.
- The auxiliary base employed in the reaction is generally used in a stoichiometric amount or slight excess, based on the expected amount of acid, for example in an amount of from 100 to 200 mol % based on the expected amount of acid, preferably from 100 to 150 mol % and particularly preferably from 105 to 125 mol %. If the auxiliary base added serves as solubilizer, it is also possible to use larger amounts of auxiliary base, for example up to 1000 mol % or more.
- The starting materials for preparing the desired phosphorus compounds are known per se to those skilled in the art or can easily be found and are reported, for example, in the prior art cited in this text. The same applies to the stoichiometric ratios in which the starting materials should be reacted.
- The starting materials are if possible used as liquids or melts; if appropriate, they are dissolved or dispersed in a solvent for this purpose. However, it is of course also possible to use at least some of the starting materials as solids.
- If they are admixed with a solvent, the solvent is generally used in such an amount that the mixture is liquid, for example as a solution or dispersion. Typical concentrations of the starting materials based on the total amount of the solution or dispersion are from 5 to 95% by weight, preferably from 10 to 90% by weight.
- The acid liberated in the reaction can, according to the present invention, be neutralized with one of the auxiliary bases mentioned to form a liquid salt, so that the synthesis can be considerably simplified.
- Preference is given to the preparation according to the present invention of phosphorous ester diamides of the formula (RO)P[N][N′], where R, [N] and [N′] are as defined above.
- Particular preference is given to the preparation according to the present invention of diphosphorous ester diamides of the formula [N][N′]P—O-Z-O—P[N″][N′″], where Z, [N], [N′], [N″] and [N′″] are as defined above.
-
- The following, particularly preferred embodiments in the stated scope are expressly incorporated by reference into the present disclosure:
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 4,668,651, in particular the compounds described in column 9, line 25 to column 16, line 53 and in examples 1 to 11, and also ligands A to Q, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,261, in particular the compounds described in column 14, line 26 to column 62, line 48 and in examples 1 to 14, and also ligands 1 to 8, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 4,769,498, in particular the compounds described in column 9, line 27 to column 18, line 14 and in examples 1 to 14, and also ligands A to Q, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 4,885,401, in particular the compounds described in column 12, line 43 to column 30 inclusive and in examples 1 to 14, and also ligands 1 to 8, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,235,113, in particular the compounds described in column 7 to column 40, line 11 and in examples 1 to 22, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,391,801, in particular the compounds described in column 7 to column 40, line 38 and in examples 1 to 22, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,663,403, in particular the compounds described in column 5, line 23 to column 26, line 33 and in examples 1 to 13, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 5,728,861, in particular the compounds described in column 5, line 23 to column 26, line 23 and in examples 1 to 13, and also ligands 1 to 11, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in U.S. Pat. No. 6,172,267, in particular the compounds described in column 11 to column 40, line 48 and in examples 1 and 2, and also ligands 1 to 11, come into consideration.
- In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds mentioned in JP2002-47294 come into consideration.
- ppm figures and percentages used in the present text are by weight unless indicated otherwise.
- 101.4 g of ethanol, 543 g of xylene and 232.7 g of triethylamine were placed in a 1000 ml reactor which was fitted with an impeller stirrer and had been made inert with N2, and the mixture was heated to 50° C. 181.5 g of 98.6% strength dichlorophenylphopshine was added dropwise to this mixture over a period of 40 minutes, resulting in formation of a colorless, readily stirrable suspension. The reaction temperature was maintained at 50° C. by cooling. After all the dichlorophenylphosphine had been added, the mixture was stirred at 75-80° C. for another 60 minutes and the precipitated hydrochloride was subsequently filtered off with suction and washed with cold xylene. Filtrate and xylene washings were combined (total: 859.9 g) and analyzed by means of GC using an internal standard. The xylene solution contained 11.8% of diethoxyphenylphosphine, corresponding to a yield of 51%.
- 90.9 g of ethanol and 382.2 g of tributylamine were placed in a 1000 ml reactor which was fitted with an impeller stirrer and had been made inert with N2, and the mixture was heated to 70° C. 162.7 g of 98.6% strength dichlorophenylphopshine was added dropwise to this mixture over a period of 40 minutes, resulting in formation of a colorless solution which was liquid when hot and solidified after cooling to room temperature to give a colorless, crystalline solid. The reaction temperature was maintained at 50° C. by cooling. After all the dichlorophenylphosphine had been added, the mixture was stirred at 75-80° C. for another 60 minutes. According to GC using an internal standard, the 625.8 g of reaction product contained 23.7% of diethoxyphenylphosphine, corresponding to a yield of 82.7%.
- 188.9 g (2.3 mol) of 1-methylimidazole and 101.4 g (2.2 mol) of ethanol were placed in a 1000 ml reactor which was fitted with an inclined-blade stirrer and had been made inert with N2. 181.5 g (1.0 mol) of 98.6% strength dichlorophenylphosphine were then introduced over a period of 90 minutes. Initially, spontaneous heating to 60° C. was permitted (duration: 6 min) and the temperature was subsequently maintained at 60° C. by cooling during the further addition. After the addition was complete, the mixture was still liquid, but crystallized during the further stirring time of 45 minutes. After heating to 80° C., the reaction mixture was completely liquid again. After stirring for a further one hour, the stirrer was switched off. Two well-defined separate phases were quickly formed. Phase separation at 80° C. gave 199.4 g of a clear, colorless upper phase (DEOPP content according to GC: 96.1%; 1-methylimidazole content: 1.7%) and 266.4 g of a lower phase (“ionic liquid”).
- The upper phase was distilled under reduced pressure via a 40 cm column provided with 5 mm Raschig rings. This gave 15.8 g of a clear, colorless first fraction (GC:DEOPP content=76.9%) and 177.5 g of a colorless main fraction (GC:DEOPP content=99.4%). Only 4.3 g of bottoms which according to GC still contained 11.1% of DEOPP remained in the flask. The DEOPP yield after distillation was 95.9%.
- 425 g of 1-methylimidazole and 228.1 g of ethanol were placed in a 1000 ml reactor which was equipped with an inclined-blade stirrer and had been made inert with N2. While cooling in ice, 206 g of phosphorus trichloride were then added dropwise at an internal temperature of 23-33° C. over a period of 190 minutes. The reaction proceeded exothermically, so that cooling had to be employed to maintain this temperature. After about half of the phosphorus trichloride had been added, the reaction mixture became turbid and two liquid phases were obtained. The upper phase contained 90.0% of triethyl phosphite according to GC, and the lower phase comprised the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole. Before phase separation, the mixture was heated to 78° C. 231.4 g of a colorless upper phase and 611.9 g of a clear lower phase were obtained. The upper phase was distilled under reduced pressure via a 30 cm glass column containing Sulzer DX packing. This gave 177 g of triethyl phosphite having a purity of 99%. A further 28.3 g of triethyl phosphite were present in the first fraction and the third fraction. The total yield was 82.4%.
- 85.7 g of 2-methylpyridine and 40.5 g of ethanol were placed in a 250 ml glass flask fitted with a Teflon blade stirrer. While cooling, 71.6 g of dichlorophenylphosphine (98.6% strength) were added dropwise over a period of 25 minutes at such a rate that the internal temperature remained at 20-29° C. The hydrochloride of 2-methylpyridine precipitated during the addition. After the addition was complete, the mixture was heated, and the hydrochloride began to melt above about 70° C. Two clear, sharply defined liquid phases were formed, viz. 75.5 g of an upper phase and 115.8 g of a lower phase. The upper phase contained 81.6 g of DEOPP, so that the yield was 77.7%.
- When the lower phase was neutralized with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, a two-phase system was reformed, with the lower phase consisting of an aqueous sodium chloride solution and the upper phase comprising the free 2-methylpyridine which could in this way be recirculated via a simple liquid-liquid phase separation.
- 141.7 g of 1-methylimidazole and 76.0 g of ethanol were placed in a 1000 ml reactor which was equipped with an inclined-blade stirrer and had been made inert with N2, and 315.8 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine were added dropwise over a period of 30 minutes, resulting in formation of two liquid phases. The internal temperature was kept below 65° C. After the addition was complete, the mixture was heated to 75° C., stirred for 45 min and the phases were separated, giving 194.3 g of a lower phase and 332.8 g of an upper phase. According to GC, the upper phase comprised 96.6% of the product EODPP. To purify the product further, the upper phase was distilled under reduced pressure via a glass column provided with Raschig rings, giving 292.5 g of 99.4% strength EODPP. Together with the EODPP in the first fraction, the total yield was 92.2%.
- The lower phase, which comprised the liquid hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole, was admixed with 244.1 g of 25% strength aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. To dissolve the precipitated sodium chloride completely, a further 94.3 g of water were added until a clear solution was obtained. After addition of 450 g of n-propanol, further sodium chloride precipitated and this was brought back into solution by a further addition of 69.8 g of water. The result was two liquid phases, with the 739.3 g of upper phase containing 19.99% of water and 16.7% of 1-methylimidazole. This corresponds to 94.9% of the amount of 1-methylimidazole used in the synthesis. The 304.2 g of lower phase contained the sodium chloride together with 70.6% of water and 2.2% of 1-methylimidazole. The 1-methylimidazole content of the aqueous phase could be reduced to 0.4% by extracting it again with n-propanol. 1-Methylimidazole could then be recovered by the mixture of propanol and water being distilled off from the upper phase of the first extraction.
- The following starting materials were fed continuously at 80° C. into a reactor which was equipped with a three-stage inclined-blade stirrer and had been made inert with nitrogen: 1) mixture of 110.7 g of ethanol and 205.8 g of 1-methylimidazole and 2) chlorodiphenylphosphine (99.4% strength). Stream 1) was added at 330 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 380 ml/h. Both streams were introduced below the surface of the liquid. The reactor was equipped with an overflow from which reaction mixture could flow out continuously. The reactor volume up to the overflow was 710 ml. The reaction temperature was maintained at 80° C. To bring the system to equilibrium, the output obtained over the first 4 hours was discarded. The output was subsequently collected over a period of 1 hour and a mass balance was carried out. The output consisted of two liquid phases. Over a period of one hour, 497.2 g of upper phase and 280.8 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 96.8% of EODPP. The upper phase was subsequently distilled under reduced pressure via a column filled with Raschig rings, giving 438.2 g of 99.74% strength EODPP. Together with the EODPP in the first fraction, the total yield was 96.7%.
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump: 1) mixture of 159.2 g of 1-methylimidazole and 85.4 g of ethanol and 2) 372.8 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine (99.1% strength). Stream 1) was added at 1257 g/h and stream 2) was added at 1928 g/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated to 120° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 5 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 11 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. During the mass balance run, the amount of starting materials was determined by weighing the reservoirs. 372.8 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine were added. The output consisted of two liquid phases. During the 11 minutes, 392.2 g of upper phase and 218.3 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 96.5% of EODPP, so that the yield determined by gas chromatography was 98.2%. The residence time of the reactants in the mixing chamber was 4 s, so that the space-time yield was 0.69×106 kgm−3h−1.
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump: 1) mixture of 156.7 g of 1-methylimidazole and 84.1 g of ethanol and 2) 370.0 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine (99.1% strength). Stream 1) was added at 167.5 g/h and stream 2) was added at 257.4 g/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated to 80° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 60 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 87 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. During the mass balance run, the amount of starting materials was determined by weighing the reservoirs. 370.0 g of chlorodiphenylphosphine were added. The output consisted of two liquid phases. During the 87 minutes, 389.3 g of upper phase and 219.2 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 96.8% of EODPP, so that the yield determined by gas chromatography was 98.5%. The residence time of the reactants in the mixing chamber was 30 s.
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump: 1) mixture of 237.1 g of 1-methylimidazole and 127.2 g of ethanol and 2) 225.8 g of dichlorophenylphosphine. Stream 1) was added at 385.6 g/h and stream 2) was added at 239.0 g/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated to 80° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 30 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 58 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. During the mass balance run, the amount of starting materials was determined by weighing the reservoirs. 225.8 g of dichlorophenylphosphine were added. The output consisted of two liquid phases. During the 58 minutes, 249.0 g of upper phase and 335.6 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 95.4% of DEOPP, so that the yield determined by gas chromatography was 95.5%. The residence time of the reactants in the mixing chamber was 20 s.
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump: 1) mixture of 212.0 g of 1-methylimidazole and 113.7 g of ethanol, 2) 201.7 g of dichlorophenylphosphine and 3) recirculated upper phase from the reaction output. Stream 1) was added at 1543.5 g/h, stream 2) was added at 955.9 g/h and stream 3) was added at 2377 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated to 80° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 5 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 12 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. During the mass balance run, the amount of starting materials was determined by weighing the reservoirs. 201.7 g of dichlorophenylphosphine were added. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were separated in a continuously operated phase separator. Part of the upper phase was recirculated to the process. During the mass balance run of 12 minutes, 227.0 g of upper phase and 300.6 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase comprised 95.2% of DEOPP, so that the yield was 97.2%. The residence time of the reactants in the mixing chamber was 2.5 s, so that the space-time yield was 0.36×106 kgm−3h−1.
- Using a method analogous to example 1, DEOPP was prepared from 181.5 g of dichlorophenylphosphine, 101.4 g of ethanol and 189 g of 1-methylimidazole, giving 202.2 g of an upper phase having a DEOPP content of 93.9% and 265.5 g of a lower phase. The upper phase further comprised 3.7 g of 1-methylimidazole. The lower phase was mixed with 169.6 g of paraffin oil. 168 g of 50% strength aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were then added dropwise to this mixture, giving a readily stirrable suspension. After the addition of 12.9 g of xylene and 78.4 g of xylene which had been recirculated from a previous experiment and still contained 3.8 g of 1-methylimidazole, water was distilled off together with xylene. A total of 132.7 g of water were removed. When no more water separated out, xylene was distilled from the reaction mixture via a 30 cm packed column at 30-85 mbar and 57-90° C. at the top, giving 88.4 g of distillate containing 21.8 g of 1-methylimidazole. The distillate was reused as recycled xylene in the next experiment, so that 1-methylimidazole present therein was always returned to the process. After the xylene distillation, the 1-methylimidazole was distilled off at 30 mbar and 90° C. at the top. 164.0 g of 1-methylimidazole having a purity of 99.7% were recovered. The water content of the distilled 1-methylimidazole was 0.06%.
- The distillation bottoms were then admixed with 350 g of water to dissolve the sodium chloride suspended in the white oil. Two phases were formed. The 475.7 g of lower phase comprised the sodium chloride and 0.3% (1.4 g) of 1-methylimidazole. The 161.1 g of upper phase comprised the white oil which was likewise returned to the process as inert suspension aid. Of the total of 192.8 g of 1-methylimidazole used (189.0 g fresh and 3.8 g in the recycled xylene), 164.0 g were recovered as pure substance. A further 21.8 g were present in the distilled xylene which was returned to the process, so that the 1-methylimidazole present therein was retained. Thus, 185.8 g (96%) of the 1-methylimidazole were able to be recycled.
- 51 g of acetic acid were dissolved in 120.8 g of cyclohexane. To remove the acid again, 69.80 g of 1-methylimidazole were added to the solution, resulting in formation of a two-phase mixture consisting of 119.4 g of upper phase (cyclohexane) and 122.5 g of lower phase (ionic liquid=1-methylimidazolium acetate). During the addition of 1-methylimidazole, the temperature rose to 40° C. due to salt formation. During the further addition, the temperature was maintained at 40° C. by cooling in an ice bath. After cooling, the acetic acid could be separated virtually completely in the form of the ionic liquid formed which is immiscible with cyclohexane from the solvent by means of a liquid-liquid phase separation.
-
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump:
- 1) composition: mixture of 11.9 g of 1-methylimidazole, 11.8 g of o-biphenol and 35.1 g of toluene and
- 2) composition: mixture of 38.4 g of (2-tert-butylphenoxy)chlorophenylphosphine and 153.5 g of toluene.
- Stream 1) was added at 681 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 2373 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated at 120° C. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 3 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 7 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. The temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction micing pump was 100° C. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 7 minutes, 233.9 g of upper phase and 14.0 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C. The selectivity to the desired chelating phosphonite compared to the undesired monodentate phosphonites was determined by means of 31P-NMR spectra. It was 93.8% in favor of the chelating phosphonite. The conversion was quantitative.
- The synthesis of the chelating phosphonite of example 12 was carried out as described in example 12. Various parameters were varied. The top of the reaction mixing pump was thermostated so that the final temperatures of the reaction mixture at the outlet of the pump indicated in the table could be obtained. The results are summarized in the following table.
Selectivity to chelating phosphonite Temperature over Composition Composition of Feed Feed at the reactor monodentate of stream 1 stream 2 stream 1 stream 2 outlet phosphonites 33.3 g of MIA 106.0 g of TBCP 1603 ml/h 1367 ml/h 105.5° C. 96.6% 32.8 g of BP 45.4 g of Tol 98.0 g of Tol 37.3 g of MIA 118.7 g of TBCP 1603 ml/h 1367 ml/h 90.5° C. 97.3% 36.7 g of BP 50.9 g of Tol 109.7 g of Tol 41.3 g of MIA 130.9 g of TBCP 1603 ml/h 1367 ml/h 76.8° C. 98.6% 40.7 g of BP 56.1 g of Tol 121.6 g of Tol 41.3 g of MIA 130.9 g of TBCP 1603 ml/h 1367ml/h 76.8° C. 98.6% 40.7 g of BP 56.1 g of Tol 121.6 g of Tol 21.2 g of MIA 71.2 g of TBCP 1270 ml/h 1156 ml/h 76.3° C. 99.3% 20.9 g of BP 30.5 g of Tol 62.5 g of Tol
MIA = 1-methylimidazole
BP = o-biphenol
Tol = toluene
TBCP = (2-tert-butylphenoxy)chlorophenylphosphine
The conversion was quantitative in all variants. -
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump:
- 1) composition: mixture of 28.0 g of 1-methylimidazole, 36.1 g of 2,2′,4,4′-tetramethyl-o-biphenol and 116.4 g of toluene, and
- 2) composition: mixture of 88.4 g of (2-tert-butylphenoxy)chlorophenylphosphine and 37.9 g of toluene.
- Stream 1) was added at 1817 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1153 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 5 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. The temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 76.3° C. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 5 minutes, 264.3 g of upper phase and 40.1 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C. The selectivity to the desired chelating phosphonite compared to the undesired monodentate phosphonites was determined by means of 31P-NMR spectra. It was 95.6% in favor of the chelating phosphonite. The conversion was quantitative. The lower phase (ionic liquid) contained only about 300 ppm of phosphorus-containing secondary components.
-
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump:
- 1) composition: mixture of 188.9 g of 1-methylimidazole, 249.1 g of 2,2′,4,4′-tetramethyl-o-biphenol and 807.4 g toluene, and
- 2) composition: mixture of 664.7 g of (2-tert-butylphenoxy)-p-fluorophenylchlorophosphine and 284.9 g of toluene.
- Stream 1) was added at 1781 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1189 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 275 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. The temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 69.8° C. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 275 minutes, 799.6 g of upper phase and 98.9 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C. The yield of isolated desired product was 302.9 g (93.4% of theory).
-
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump:
- 1) mixture of 188.9 g of 1-methylimidazole, 249.1 g of 2,2′,4,4′-tetramethyl-o-biphenol and 807.4 g of toluene, and
- 2) composition: mixture of 696.1 g of (2-tert-butyl-6-methylphenoxy)chlorophenylphosphine and 298.3 g of toluene.
- Stream 1) was added at 1730 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1238 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 275 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. The temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 69.5° C. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 275 minutes, 798.1 g of upper phase and 93.3 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C. The yield of isolated desired product was 298.3 g (95.2% of theory).
-
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump:
- 1) mixture of 188.9 g of 1-methylimidazole, 249.1 g of 2,2′,4,4′-tetramethyl-o-biphenol and 807.4 g of toluene, and
- 2) composition: mixture of 660.5 g of (di-o-cresyl)chlorophosphine and 283.1 g of toluene.
- Stream 1) was added at 1793 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1176 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 160 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. The temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 70.1° C. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 160 minutes, 470.8 g of upper phase and 60.8 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C. The yield of isolated desired product was 166.6 g (93.0% of theory).
-
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump:
- 1) mixture of 188.9 g of 1-methylimidazole, 249.1 g of 2,2′,4,4′-tetramethyl-o-biphenol and 807.4 g of toluene, and
- 2) composition: mixture of 445.8 g of diphenylchlorophosphine and 191.1 g of toluene.
- Stream 1) was added at 1991 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 906 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 218 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. The temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 70.1° C. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 218 minutes, 641.8 g of upper phase and 93 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C. The yield of isolated desired product was 152.3 g (67.4% of theory).
-
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump:
- 1) mixture of 188.9 g of 1-methylimidazole, 249.1 g of 2,2′,4,4′-tetramethyl-o-biphenol and 807.4 g of toluene, and
- 2) composition: mixture of 828.1 g of (2,4-diisoamylphenoxy)chlorophenylphosphine and 354.9 g of toluene.
- Stream 1) was added at 1532 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1395 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 275 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. The temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 69° C. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 275 minutes, 787.9 g of upper phase and 85.3 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C. The yield of isolated desired product was 304 g (89.6% of theory).
-
- The following feed streams were mixed continuously in a reaction mixing pump:
- 1) mixture of 188.9 g of 1-methylimidazole, 249.1 g of 2,2′,4,4′-tetramethyl-o-biphenol and 807.4 g of toluene, and
- 2) composition: mixture of 738.3 g of (2,4-di-tert-butylphenoxy)chlorophenylphosphine and 316.4 g of toluene.
- Stream 1) was added at 1664 ml/h and stream 2) was added at 1308 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The system was brought to equilibrium over a period of 2 minutes. The output was subsequently collected for 233 minutes in order to carry out a mass balance. The temperature of the reaction medium at the outlet of the reaction mixing pump was 75.8° C. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were collected in a vessel and subsequently separated. Over the mass balance run of 233 minutes, 663.9 g of upper phase and 79.8 g of lower phase were collected. The upper phase was a toluene solution of the reaction products, while the lower phase was the hydrochloride of 1-methylimidazole which was obtained as an ionic liquid at above 75° C. The yield of isolated desired product was 267 g (94.7% of theory).
- A mixture of 1.7 mol of PCl3 and 0.6 mol of AlCl3 (98% pure) was placed under an argon atmosphere in a 11 flask which was provided with a thermostated jacket, mechanical stirring, thermometer and reflux condenser at 73° C. 0.4 mol of fluorobenzene was subsequently added over a period of 30 minutes, with a gentle stream of argon being passed through the reaction flask. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, cooled to 60° C. and 0.62 mol of N-methylimidazole was slowly added over a period of 45 minutes. The reaction was exothermic and mist was formed. The mixture was subsequently stirred for another 30 minutes at 60° C. When the stirrer was switched off, 2 phases separated. The lower phase was separated off and the upper phase was extracted twice with 80 ml each time of PCl3 at 60° C.
- The lower phase and the combined PCl3 extracts were distilled, giving 55 g of p-fluorophenyldichlorophosphine in a yield of 70% of theory and a purity of 96% (determined by 31P NMR).
- The procedure of example 21 was repeated using the ratios of fluorobenzene, AlCl3, PCl3 and N-methylimidazole indicated in the table.
Molar ratio of Molar ratio of AlCl3:fluoro- N-methyl- Reaction Yield Purity Ex. benzene imidazole:AlCl3 time [h] [%] [%] 21 1.5 1 3 70 96 22 1.5 1 6 65 96 23 1.5 1 3 80 91 24 1 1 3 54 96 25 1 0.5 3 16 n.d. 26 1.5 0.5 3 19 n.d. 27 2 1 3 79 73
n.d.: not determined
- In example 23, the reaction was carried out in a manner analogous to example 21, but AlCl3 of higher purity (>99%) was used.
- A mixture of 3.4 mol of PCl3 and 1.2 mol of AlCl3 (98% pure) was placed under an argon atmosphere in a 1 l flask which was provided with a thermostated jacket, mechanical stirring, thermometer and reflux condenser at 73° C. 0.8 mol of fluorobenzene was subsequently added over a period of 30 minutes, with a gentle stream of argon being passed through the reaction flask. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, cooled to 60° C. and 1.25 mol of pyridine were slowly added over a period of 45 minutes. The reaction was exothermic and mist was formed. The mixture was subsequently stirred for another 30 minutes at 60° C. A nonuniform solid in the form of large lumps precipitated, and this could not be separated off via a suction filter but only by filtration. The filtration residue was washed with petroleum ether. The filtrate and the washings were combined and distilled, giving 73.3 g of p-fluorophenyldichlorophosphine in a yield of 47% of theory.
- A solution of 5.88 g (75.0 mmol) of acetyl chloride in 10 ml of MTBE was added dropwise at 10-15° C. to a solution of 5.33 g (75.0 mmol) of pyrrolidine in 20 ml of MTBE (tert-butyl methyl ether), with the temperature being maintained. The suspension formed was admixed with 6.75 g (82.5 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while cooling in ice and the mixture was then warmed to 20° C., resulting in the suspension being converted into a liquid two-phase mixture. This mixture was stirred for another 1 hour and the phases were separated. The upper phase was freed of solvent on a rotary evaporator to give 6.28 g (74.1%) of N-acetylpyrrolidine. The lower phase comprised further target product together with 1-methylimidazole hydrochloride. The lower phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane, giving, after addition of water, another 1.70 g (20.1%) of N-acetylpyrrolidine.
- 6.47 g (82.5 mmol) of acetyl chloride were added dropwise to a solution of 5.55 g (75.0 mmol) of 1-butanol and 6.67 g (82.5 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring and cooling in ice at such a rate that the temperature did not exceed 10° C. The reaction mixture was then heated to 75° C., forming a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off and was found to consist of 6.73 g (77.5%) of 1-butyl acetate containing, according to analysis by GC, about 1% of 1-methylimidazole. The lower phase solidified on cooling to 20° C.
- 6.47 g (82.5 mmol) of acetyl chloride were added dropwise to a solution of 5.55 g (75.0 mmol) of 2-butanol and 12.3 g (150 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring and cooling in ice at such a rate that the temperature did not exceed 10° C. The mixture was then stirred for 30 minutes at 0° C. and for another 30 minutes at 20° C. This resulted in the suspension initially formed being converted into a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off to give 7.90 g (theory: 8.68 g) of 2-butyl acetate as a colorless oil having a purity of 85% (GC).
- 6.47 g (82.5 mmol) of acetyl chloride were added dropwise to a solution of 5.55 g (75.0 mmol) of isobutanol and 6.76 g (82.5 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring at 20° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 30 minutes and subsequently heated to 75° C. This resulted in the suspension initially formed being converted into a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off to give 7.01 g (theory: 8.68 g) of isobutyl acetate as a colorless oil having a purity of 99% (GC).
- 6.47 g (82.5 mmol) of acetyl chloride were added dropwise to a solution of 6.61 g (75.0 mmol) of neopentyl alcohol (2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol) and 6.76 g (82.5 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring at 20° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 30 minutes and subsequently heated to 75° C. This resulted in the suspension initially formed being converted into a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off to give 8.40 g (theory: 9.76 g) of neopentyl acetate as a colorless oil having a purity of 98% (GC).
- 11.9 g (82.5 mmol) of benzoyl chloride were added dropwise to a solution of 5.55 g (75.0 mmol) of 1-butanol and 6.76 g (82.5 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring at 10° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 30 minutes and subsequently heated to 75° C. This resulted in the suspension initially formed being converted into a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off to give 9.90 g (theory: 13.3 g) of 1-butyl benzoate as a colorless oil having a purity of 99% (GC).
- A solution of 20.6 g (75.0 mmol) of palmitoyl chloride (C16) in 10 ml of toluene was added dropwise to a solution of 6.46 g (75.0 mmol) of prenol (3-methylbut-2-en-1-ol) and 6.76 g (82.5 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole in 40 ml of toluene while stirring at 20-36° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 30 minutes and subsequently heated to 80° C. This resulted in the suspension initially formed being converted into a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off and evaporated on a rotary evaporator to give 23.6 g (theory: 24.3 g) of prenyl palmitate as a solid-liquid mass having a purity of 95% (GC).
- In the absence of light and while cooling, palmitoyl chloride (170.0 g, 0.618 mol) (C16) was added dropwise to a 29% strength solution of all-trans-retinol in heptane (608.5 g, 0.616 mol) and 1-methylimidazole (50.8 g, 0.62 mol) over a period of 25 minutes while stirring. The reaction temperature rose to 15° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 2-5° C., and then for 30 minutes at room temperature. The mixture was heated to 90° C., resulting in two liquid phases being formed. The phases were separated. The upper phase comprised, apart from the solvent, 0.27% of retinol and 95.2% of vitamin A palmitate (HPLC).
- 2-Ethylhexanoyl chloride (30.0 g, 0.186 mol) is slowly added at 10-15° C. to a solution of 4-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-2-one (20.0 g, 0.169 mol) and 1-methylimidazole (MIA, 30.6 g, 0.373 mol) in methylene chloride (400 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere and while cooling in ice. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) twice and the phases are separated in each case. The organic upper phase is evaporated under reduced pressure. This gives the ester as a colorless oil containing residual MIA. The mixture is taken up in toluene twice and the solvent is in each case removed under reduced pressure. This gives 45.83 g of a yellowish oil having a MIA content of 17% (NMR).
- 4.40 g (40.5 mmol) of chlorotrimethylsilane were added dropwise to a solution of 3.00 g (40.5 mmol) of 1-butanol and 11.1 g (135 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 15 minutes at 0-5° C. and for 15 minutes at 20° C., resulting in the formation of a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off to give 5.30 g (theory: 5.93 g) of 1-trimethylsilyloxybutane as a colorless oil having a purity of 90% (GC).
- 8.06 g (74.2 mmol) of chlorotrimethylsilane were added dropwise to a solution of 5.00 g (67.5 mmol) of 2-butanol and 6.10 g (74.2 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 30 minutes at 0° C. and for 5 minutes at 80° C., resulting in the formation of a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off to give 8.50 g (theory: 9.88 g) of 2-trimethylsilyloxybutane as a colorless, slightly turbid oil having a purity of 96% (GC).
- 6.50 g (56.7 mmol) of chlorotrimethylsilane were added dropwise to a solution of 5.00 g (56.7 mmol) of neopentyl alcohol (2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol) and 11.6 g (142 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 2 hours at 0° C. and for 2.5 hours at 20° C. The upper phase was separated off to give 7.80 g (theory: 9.09 g) of 2,2-dimethyl-1-trimethylsilyloxypropane as a colorless oil having a purity of 96% (GC).
- 5.50 g (51.0 mmol) of chlorotrimethylsilane were added dropwise to a solution of 5.00 g (46.0 mmol) of benzyl alcohol and 4.20 g (51.0 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for a further 30 minutes at 0° C. and for 5 minutes at 80° C., resulting in the formation of a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off to give 7.30 g (theory: 8.29 g) of benzyl trimethylsilyl ether as a colorless oil having a purity of 99% (GC).
- SiCl4 (50.0 g, 0.294 mol) is slowly added to a solution of ethanol (54.3 g, 1.17 mol) and 1-methylimidazole (MIA, 98.9 g, 1.21 mol) in heptane (400 ml) while cooling in ice and under an N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture is stirred overnight and the phases are separated. This gives 142.9 g of MIA hydrochloride as a colorless solid (theory: 141.9 g of MIA+MIA.HCl). The organic phase is carefully evaporated to keep losses of volatile product low. This gives 48.1 g of tetraethoxysilane (theory: 61.3 g) as a slightly turbid, colorless oil having a purity of 91.1% (GC).
- 5.97 g (55.0 mmol) of chlorotrimethylsilane were added dropwise to a solution of 5.00 g (49.9 mmol) of acetylacetone and 4.50 g (55.0 mmol) of 1-methylimidazole while stirring at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 1 hour at 0° C. and for 5 minutes at 80° C., resulting in the formation of a liquid two-phase mixture. The upper phase was separated off to give 7.00 g (theory: 8.60 g) of 4-trimethylsilyloxypent-3-en-2-one as a light-yellow, turbid oil having a purity of 84% (GC).
- A solution comprising 10.0 g (62.1 mmol) of 3-bromocyclohexane and 12.4 g (62.2 mmol) of N,N-dibutylpentylamine was stirred at 120° C. for 1 hour, cooled to 25° C. and admixed with 30 ml of n-pentane. The mixture was heated to 30° C., resulting in the formation of a liquid two-phase mixture. The phases were separated and the lower phase was extracted with 30 ml of n-pentane. The pentane phases were combined and the pentane was distilled off on a rotary evaporator (20° C., 400-500 mbar), leaving 3.50 g (theory: 4.97 g) of a colorless residue which, according to GC, consisted predominantly of 1,3-cyclohexadiene.
-
- 28.5 g (218 mmol) of 3-methylindole (skatole) together with about 50 ml of dried toluene were placed in a vessel and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to remove traces of water by azeotropic distillation. This procedure was repeated once more. The residue was subsequently taken up in 700 ml of dried toluene under argon and cooled to −65° C. 14.9 g (109 mmol) of PCl3 followed by 40 g (396 mmol) of triethylamine were then slowly added at −65° C. The reaction mixture was brought to room temperature over a period of 16 hours and then refluxed for 16 hours. 31P NMR (reaction mixture, 298 K): δ=102. Purity according to 31p NMR=about 90-95%.
-
- 28.5 g (218 mmol) of 3-methylindole (skatole) together with about 50 ml of dried toluene were placed in a vessel and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to remove traces of water by azeotropic distillation. This procedure was repeated once more. The residue was subsequently taken up in 700 ml of dried toluene under argon and cooled to −65° C. 14.9 g (109 mmol) of PCl3 followed by 40 g (396 mmol) of triethylamine were then slowly added at −65° C. The reaction mixture was brought to room temperature over a period of 16 hours and then refluxed for 16 hours. 19.3 g (58 mmol) of 4,5-dihydroxy-2,7-di-tert-butyl-9,9-dimethylxanthene in 300 ml of dried toluene were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was then refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room temperature and the colorless solid which had precipitated (triethylamine hydrochloride) was filtered off with suction, the solvent was distilled off and the residue was recrystallized twice from hot ethanol. Drying under reduced pressure gave 36.3 g (71% of theory) of a colorless solid. 31P NMR (298K): δ=105.
- 15.9 g (0.12 mol) of 3-methylindole (skatole) were dissolved in 22 g (0.27 mol) of 1-methylimidazole and 69 g of dried toluene (solution I). In addition, 8.2 g (0.06 mol) of phosphorus trichloride were mixed with 67 g of dried toluene (solution II). The two solutions (I and II) were mixed continuously at 90° C. in a reaction mixing pump. Stream I was fed in at a rate of 1735 ml/h, and stream II was fed in at a rate of 1235 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml. The system was brought to equilibrium for 3 minutes, and the output was subsequently collected. The output consisted of two liquid phases which were separated by decantation. 31P NMR (crude solution, 298 K): δ=97. Purity according to 31P NMR=about 95%.
- Procedure
- 25.3 g (0.071 mol) of 4,5-dihydroxy-2,7-di-tert-butyl-9,9-dimethylxanthene were dissolved in 84 g of toluene with addition of 84.2 g (1.03 mol) of 1-methylimidazole (solution I). 48.7 g of bis(N-3-methylindolyl)chlorophosphine in 84.3 of toluene were prepared in accordance with method 5.1, with the ammonium salt formed in the synthesis being separated under protective gas by means of a frit (solution II). The two solutions (I and II) were mixed continuously at 90° C. in a reaction mixing pump. Stream I was fed in at a rate of 1767 ml/h, and stream II was fed in at a rate of 1203 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml, and the residence time was accordingly about 4 s. The system was brought to equilibrium for 3 minutes, and the output was subsequently collected. The output consisted of two liquid phases (N-methylimidazolium chloride and solvent/product). The upper phase, which comprised the product, was decanted off and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was refluxed in ethanol and the clear, yellow solution was then cooled to room temperature, resulting in precipitation of a solid which was filtered off with suction, then washed with ethanol and subsequently dried at reduced pressure. This gave 27.3 g (41% of theory) of a colorless solid. 31P NMR (CDCl3, 298K): δ=106.
- Fine Purification:
- If traces of N-methylimidazole influence the catalysis, they can be removed by washing a solution of the ligand in an organic solvent with water.
- 56.8 g of the colorless solid (ligand A) were dissolved in 500 ml of diethyl ether and washed six times with 20 ml each time of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. The solution was subsequently washed twice more with 15 ml each time of water, the organic phase was separated off, volatile constituents were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was washed with 300 ml of ethanol. Drying under reduced pressure gave 48.1 g of a colorless solid. 31P NMR (CDCl3, 298K): δ=106.
- Procedure:
- 25.3 g (0.07 mol) of 4,5-dihydroxy-2,7-di-tert-butyl-9,9-dimethylxanthene were dissolved in 84 g of toluene with addition of 84 g (1.03 mol) of 1-methylimidazole (solution I). 48.5 g (0.14 mol) of bis(N-3-methylindolyl)chlorophosphine in 84 g of toluene were prepared in accordance with method 5.1, with the ammonium salt formed in the synthesis being separated under protective gas by means of a frit (solution II). The two solutions (I and II) were mixed continuously at 90° C. in a reaction mixing pump. Stream I was fed in at a rate of 589 ml/h, and stream II was fed in at a rate of 401 ml/h. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml, and the residence time was accordingly about 12 s. The system was brought to equilibrium for 3 minutes, and the output was subsequently collected. The output consisted of two liquid phases (N-methylimidazolium chloride and solvent/product). The upper phase, which comprised the product, was decanted off and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was refluxed in ethanol and the clear, yellow solution was then cooled to room temperature, resulting in precipitation of a solid which was filtered off with suction, then washed with ethanol and subsequently dried at reduced pressure. This gave 30.5 g (46% of theory) of a colorless solid. 31P NMR (CDCl3, 298K): δ=106.
- 5.5 mg of Rh(CO)2acac (acac=actetylacetonate) and 200 mg of ligand A were weighed out separately, each dissolved in 5 g of toluene, mixed and treated with 10 bar of synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:1) at 90° C. (preactivation). After 1 hour, the autoclave was depressurized. 9.9 g of 1-butene were then added via a pressure lock, a total pressure of 17 bar was set by means of synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:1) and hydroformylation was carried out for 2 hours at 90° C. (109 ppm of Rh; ligand A:Rh=10:1). After the reaction time indicated, the autoclave was cooled, carefully depressurized via a cold trap and both reaction product mixtures (reactor and cold trap) were analyzed by means of gas chromatography. The conversion was 99%, the yield of valeraldehyde was 92% and the linearity (proportion of n product) was 98.5%. The linearity (proportion of n product) is defined as the amount of n-valeraldehyde divided by the total amount of n-valeraldehyde and i-valeraldehyde multiplied by 100.
- 5.0 mg of Rh(CO)2acac (acac=actetylacetonate) and 176 mg of ligand A were weighed out separately, each dissolved in 5 g of toluene, mixed and treated with 10 bar of synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:2) at 90° C. (preactivation). After 1 hour, the autoclave was depressurized. 11.2 g of 2-butene were then added via a pressure lock, and a total pressure of 17 bar was set by means of synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:2). The gas introduced was then changed over to synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:1). Hydroformylation was subsequently carried out at 90° C. for 4 hours (93 ppm of Rh; ligand A:Rh=10:1). The conversion was 34%, the yield of valeraldehyde was 32% and the linearity (proportion of n product) was 93%.
- 5 mg of Rh(CO)2acac (acac=actetylacetonate) and 200 mg of ligand A were weighed out separately, each dissolved in 5 g of toluene, mixed and treated with 10 bar of synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:1) at 90° C. (preactivation). After 1 hour, the autoclave was depressurized. 12.5 g of 1-butene were then added via a pressure lock, and a total pressure of 17 bar was set by means of synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:1) and hydroformylation was carried out at 90° C. for 2 hours (88 ppm of Rh; ligand A:Rh=11:1). After the reaction time indicated, the autoclave was cooled, carefully depressurized via a cold trap and both reaction product mixtures (reactor and cold trap) were analyzed by means of gas chromatography. The conversion was 99%, the yield of valeraldehyde was 98% and the linearity (proportion of n product) was 96.3%.
- 5.0 mg of Rh(CO)2acac (acac=actetylacetonate) and 118 mg of ligand A were weighed out separately, each dissolved in 5 g of toluene, mixed and treated with 10 bar of synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:2) at 90° C. (preactivation). After 1 hour, the autoclave was depressurized. 11.8 g of 2-butene were then added via a pressure lock, and a total pressure of 17 bar was set by means of synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:2). The gas introduced was then changed over to synthesis gas (CO:H2=1:1). Hydroformylation was subsequently carried out at 90° C. for 4 hours (91 ppm of Rh; ligand A:Rh=7:1). The conversion was 29%, the yield of valeraldehyde was 26% and the linearity (proportion of n product) was 93.8%.
- 100 g (0.66 mol) of 2-tert-butylphenol are dissolved in 102 g of mesitylene with addition of 54.1 g (0.66 mol) of 1-methylimidazole (solution I). Solution I was continuously mixed at a flow rate of 4432.1 ml/h with solution II consisting of 121.6 g (0.66 mol) of dichlorophenylphosphine in a reaction mixing pump. Solution II was fed in at a rate of 1507.9 ml/h. The top of the reaction mixing pump was heated to 100° C. in an oil bath. The volume of the mixing chamber was 3.3 ml, and the residence time was accordingly about 2 s. The system was brought to equilibrium for 3 minutes and the output was subsequently collected. The output consisted of two liquid phases (product/solvent and 1-methylimidazolium hydrochloride). The upper, product-containing phase was decanted off. GC: 2-tert-butylphenoxyphenylchlorophosphine: 60% by area.
Claims (13)
1-16. (canceled)
17: A method of removing an acid from a reaction mixture, comprising:
providing said reaction mixture containing said acid;
reacting said acid and an auxiliary base to form a salt of the auxiliary base; said salt being liquid at temperatures at which a desired product of said reaction mixture is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt;
forming two immiscible liquid phases, a first phase comprising said salt of the auxiliary base and a second phase comprising said desired product or a solution of said desired product in a solvent;
firstly, distilling off the desired product from the reaction mixture in the presence of the auxiliary base in the protonated form;
then setting free the auxiliary base using a strong base, to obtain a free auxiliary base; and
distilling the free auxiliary base.
18: A method of removing an acid from a reaction mixture, comprising:
providing said reaction mixture containing said acid;
reacting said acid and an auxiliary base to form a salt of the auxiliary base; said salt being liquid at temperatures at which a desired product of said reaction mixture is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt;
forming two immiscible liquid phases, a first phase comprising said salt of the auxiliary base and a second phase comprising said desired product or a solution of said desired product in a solvent;
firstly, setting free the auxiliary base using a strong base, to obtain a free auxiliary base;
distilling the free auxiliary base in the presence of the desired product; and
then distilling the desired product.
19: A method of stopping an acid-catalyzed reaction, comprising:
neutralizing an acid catalyst in a chemical reaction mixture with an auxiliary base, to form a salt of the auxiliary base; said salt being liquid at temperatures at which a desired product of said reaction mixture is not significantly decomposed during the process of separating off the liquid salt;
forming two immiscible liquid phases, a first phase comprising said salt of the auxiliary base and a second phase comprising said desired product or a solution of said desired product in a solvent.
20: The method as claimed in claim 17 , wherein the salt of the auxiliary base has a melting point below 160° C.
21: The method as claimed in claim 17 , wherein the salt of the auxiliary base has an ET(30) of more than 35.
22: The method as claimed in claim 17 , wherein the base contains at least one nitrogen atom.
23: The method as claimed in claim 17 , wherein the base used is selected from the group consisting of compounds of the formulae (Ia) to (Ir),
wherein
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are each, independently of one another, hydrogen, C1-C18-alkyl, C2-C18-alkyl which may be interrupted by one or more oxygen and/or sulfur atoms and/or one or more substituted or unsubstituted imino groups, C6-C12-aryl, C5-C12-cycloalkyl or a five- to six-membered, oxygen, nitrogen- and/or sulfur-containing heterocycle,
wherein each of the abovementioned radicals may be substituted by functional groups, aryl, alkyl, aryloxy, alkyloxy, halogen, heteroatoms and/or heterocycles.
24: The method as claimed in claim 17 , wherein the auxiliary base is 1-n-butylimidazole, 1-methylimidazole, 2-methylpyridine or 2-ethylpyridine.
25: The method as claimed in claim 17 , wherein the auxiliary base is di-n-butyl-n-pentylamine or 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN).
26: The method as claimed in claim 17 , wherein the salt of the auxiliary base is soluble to an extent of less than 20% by weight in the desired product or in the solution of the desired product in a suitable solvent.
27: The method as claimed in claim 17 , wherein
diphosphorous diester amides ([N](R′O)P—O-Z-O—P[N′] (OR″)),
diphosphorous ester diamides ([N][N′]P—O-Z-O—P[N″][N′″]),
bistriaminophosphines ([N][N′]P—[N″]-Z-[N′″]—P[N″″][N′″″]),
or systems of the formula
[N](R′O)P—O-Z-O—P(OR″)(OR′″),
[N][N′]P—O-Z-O—P(OR″)(OR′″) or
[N][N′]P—O-Z-O—P[N″](OR′″)
or systems which are both nitrogen- and carbon-substituted on each phosphorus and have the formula
[N](R′)P—O-Z-O—P[N′](R′″) or
[N](R′)P—[N″]-Z-[N′″]—P[N′](R′″)
or systems of the formula
[N](R′O)P—O-Z-O—P[N′](R′″)
are prepared,
wherein R, R′, R″ and R′″ can be any organic radicals which may be identical or different, [N], [N′], [N″], [N′″], [N″″] and [N′″″] are unsubstituted, monosubstituted or disubstituted amino groups which may be identical or different and Z can be any divalent bridge.
28: The method of claim 17 , wherein the preparation is carried out continuously at from 30° C. to 190° C. and a residence time of from 1 second to 1 hour.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/952,242 US20080083606A1 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2007-12-07 | Separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic liquids |
Applications Claiming Priority (11)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
DE10202838.9 | 2002-01-24 | ||
DE10202838A DE10202838A1 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2002-01-24 | Separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base that forms a liquid salt with the acid to result in two non-miscible phases with the product or solution of the product in a suitable solvent |
DE10230222.7 | 2002-07-04 | ||
DE2002130222 DE10230222A1 (en) | 2002-07-04 | 2002-07-04 | Separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base that forms a liquid salt with the acid to result in two non-miscible phases with the product or solution of the product in a suitable solvent |
DE10248902A DE10248902A1 (en) | 2002-10-18 | 2002-10-18 | Separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base that forms a liquid salt with the acid to result in two non-miscible phases with the product or solution of the product in a suitable solvent |
DE10248902.5 | 2002-10-18 | ||
DE10251140.3 | 2002-10-31 | ||
DE10251140A DE10251140A1 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2002-10-31 | Separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base that forms a liquid salt with the acid to result in two non-miscible phases with the product or solution of the product in a suitable solvent |
PCT/EP2003/000549 WO2003062251A1 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-01-21 | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
US10/500,145 US7767852B2 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-01-21 | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
US11/952,242 US20080083606A1 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2007-12-07 | Separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic liquids |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/EP2003/000549 Division WO2003062251A1 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-01-21 | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
US10/500,145 Division US7767852B2 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-01-21 | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20080083606A1 true US20080083606A1 (en) | 2008-04-10 |
Family
ID=27617633
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/467,065 Expired - Lifetime US7351339B2 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-01-21 | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
US10/500,145 Expired - Fee Related US7767852B2 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-01-21 | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
US11/952,242 Abandoned US20080083606A1 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2007-12-07 | Separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic liquids |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/467,065 Expired - Lifetime US7351339B2 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-01-21 | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
US10/500,145 Expired - Fee Related US7767852B2 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2003-01-21 | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
Country Status (17)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US7351339B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP1470136B1 (en) |
JP (2) | JP4950413B2 (en) |
KR (2) | KR100891140B1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN1300156C (en) |
AR (1) | AR038161A1 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE358134T1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0306886B1 (en) |
CA (2) | CA2473839C (en) |
DE (1) | DE50306900D1 (en) |
ES (2) | ES2283749T3 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA04006695A (en) |
MY (1) | MY138064A (en) |
NO (1) | NO330257B1 (en) |
SA (1) | SA03230520B1 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI325862B (en) |
WO (2) | WO2003062171A2 (en) |
Cited By (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090250409A1 (en) * | 2004-12-07 | 2009-10-08 | Basf Aktiengesellschsft | Purification of ionic liquids |
US20090289214A1 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2009-11-26 | Basf Se | Magnetorheological formulation |
US20100310853A1 (en) * | 2008-02-11 | 2010-12-09 | Stefan Schwiegk | Method for producing porous structures from synthetic polymers |
US20100311918A1 (en) * | 2008-02-11 | 2010-12-09 | Faissal-Ali El Toufaili | Method for producing polyamides |
US20110137098A1 (en) * | 2009-12-07 | 2011-06-09 | Basf Se | Process for isomerizing a saturated hydrocarbon |
US20110137097A1 (en) * | 2009-12-07 | 2011-06-09 | Basf Se | Process for isomerizing a saturated, branched and cyclic hydrocarbon |
WO2011140239A3 (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2012-04-05 | The Arizona Board Of Regents For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Sensing materials for selective and sensitive detection of hydrocarbons and acids |
US8796481B2 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2014-08-05 | Basf Se | Crystalline solvate and non-solvated forms of 6,6′-[[3,3′,5,5′-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-[1,1′biphenyl]-2,2′-diyl]bis(oxy)]bis-dibenzo [d,f] [1,3,2]-dioxaphosphepine |
US9108988B2 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2015-08-18 | Basf Se | Method of purifying organic diphosphite compounds |
US9115312B2 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2015-08-25 | Basf Se | Flame retardant |
US9234137B2 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2016-01-12 | Basf Se | Flame retardant |
WO2017146938A1 (en) | 2016-02-23 | 2017-08-31 | Vanderbilt Chemicals, Llc | Imidazolium sulfur-containing binuclear molybdate salts as lubricant additives |
WO2018022756A1 (en) * | 2016-07-27 | 2018-02-01 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Systems and methods incorporating ionic liquids for electrochemically mediated capturing of lewis acid gases |
CN108993602A (en) * | 2018-07-23 | 2018-12-14 | 河北工业大学 | A kind of catalyst system and its application method of propionic acid synthesized methyl esters |
US10584136B2 (en) | 2016-04-12 | 2020-03-10 | Wacker Chemie Ag | Process for separating aluminum chloride from silanes |
WO2022216355A1 (en) * | 2021-04-07 | 2022-10-13 | Verdox, Inc. | Method for electrochemical gas separation |
Families Citing this family (67)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP1383777B1 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2005-11-16 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Ligands for pnicogen chelate complexes with a metal of subgroup viii and use of the complexes as catalysts for hydroformylation, carbonylation, hydrocyanation or hydrogenation |
AR038161A1 (en) * | 2002-01-24 | 2004-12-29 | Basf Ag | PROCEDURE FOR SEPARATING ACIDS FROM CHEMICAL REACTION MIXTURES WITH THE HELP OF ION LIQUIDS |
DE10242636A1 (en) * | 2002-09-13 | 2004-03-18 | Basf Ag | Production of dialdehydes and/or ethylenically unsaturated monoaldehydes, useful as intermediates, comprises hydroformylation of a compound having two ethylenically unsaturated double bonds using a Group VIII metal-pnicogen chelate catalyst |
DE10350999A1 (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2005-06-02 | Basf Ag | Catalyst comprising at least one nickel (O) complex stabilized by a sterically demanding chelate phosphinite phosphite ligand, and a process for the preparation of nitriles |
DE10360397A1 (en) * | 2003-12-19 | 2005-07-14 | Basf Ag | Process for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures with the aid of 1-alkylimidazoles |
DE102004003958A1 (en) * | 2004-01-26 | 2005-08-11 | Basf Ag | Production method for ionic liquids |
DE102004044592A1 (en) * | 2004-09-13 | 2006-03-30 | Basf Ag | Process for the separation of hydrogen chloride and phosgene |
CN101023270B (en) * | 2004-09-17 | 2011-07-13 | 巴斯福股份公司 | Method for operating a liquid ring compressor |
DE102004049339A1 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2006-04-13 | Basf Ag | Process for the purification of phosphorus-containing chelate ligands |
DE102004053662A1 (en) * | 2004-11-03 | 2006-05-04 | Basf Ag | Process for the preparation of polyisocyanates |
GB0500029D0 (en) | 2005-01-04 | 2005-02-09 | Univ Belfast | Basic ionic liquids |
FR2882942B1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2007-06-15 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | IMPROVED PROCESS FOR TREATING GAS CONTAINING HYDROGEN SULFIDE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE |
DE102005017733A1 (en) * | 2005-04-15 | 2006-10-19 | Basf Ag | Solubility of cellulose in ionic liquids with the addition of amine base |
DE102005017715A1 (en) * | 2005-04-15 | 2006-10-19 | Basf Ag | Solution, useful for physical or chemical treatment of cellulose, comprises cellulose and an ionic liquid containing anions and cations as solvent, where the cation exhibits nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus atoms in protonated form |
DE102005048552A1 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2007-04-12 | Basf Ag | Process for the preparation of ethylene amines |
DE102005053540A1 (en) | 2005-11-08 | 2007-05-10 | Basf Ag | Process for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures using nonpolar amines |
US7732363B2 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2010-06-08 | Chevron U.S.A. Inc. | Regeneration of acidic catalysts |
WO2007090755A1 (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2007-08-16 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Antistatic polyurethane |
EP1994060A1 (en) * | 2006-03-08 | 2008-11-26 | Basf Se | Method for breaking down cellulose |
DE102006011075A1 (en) * | 2006-03-08 | 2007-09-13 | Basf Ag | Process for breaking down cellulose in solution |
US7837941B2 (en) | 2006-04-07 | 2010-11-23 | Agamatrix, Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring alteration of flow characteristics in a liquid sample |
CN100506949C (en) * | 2006-04-18 | 2009-07-01 | 中国海洋石油总公司 | Method of eliminating naphthenic acid from crude oil or fraction oil |
EP2044092B1 (en) * | 2006-07-12 | 2011-09-28 | Basf Se | Method for producing organic phosphorous compounds containing halogene |
ES2625956T3 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2017-07-21 | Basf Se | Procedure for the manufacture of textiles, in particular artificial leather, coated |
US10174129B2 (en) | 2007-02-14 | 2019-01-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Regioselectively substituted cellulose esters produced in a carboxylated ionic liquid process and products produced therefrom |
US8148518B2 (en) * | 2007-02-14 | 2012-04-03 | Eastman Chemical Company | Cellulose esters and their production in carboxylated ionic liquids |
US9834516B2 (en) * | 2007-02-14 | 2017-12-05 | Eastman Chemical Company | Regioselectively substituted cellulose esters produced in a carboxylated ionic liquid process and products produced therefrom |
DE102007023867A1 (en) | 2007-05-21 | 2008-11-27 | Deutsches Wollforschungsinstitut an der Rheinisch-Westfälischen Technischen Hochschule Aachen e.V. | Process for the preparation of carbonate-terminated compounds |
FI120527B (en) | 2007-06-18 | 2009-11-30 | Crisolteq Oy | Method of recovery |
DE102007041416A1 (en) * | 2007-08-31 | 2009-03-05 | Basf Se | Distillation of ionic liquids |
WO2009102761A1 (en) | 2008-02-12 | 2009-08-20 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | 1,2,3-triazoles as 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type i inhibitors |
US8354525B2 (en) * | 2008-02-13 | 2013-01-15 | Eastman Chemical Company | Regioselectively substituted cellulose esters produced in a halogenated ionic liquid process and products produced therefrom |
US9777074B2 (en) | 2008-02-13 | 2017-10-03 | Eastman Chemical Company | Regioselectively substituted cellulose esters produced in a halogenated ionic liquid process and products produced therefrom |
US8158777B2 (en) | 2008-02-13 | 2012-04-17 | Eastman Chemical Company | Cellulose esters and their production in halogenated ionic liquids |
US20090203900A1 (en) * | 2008-02-13 | 2009-08-13 | Eastman Chemical Comapany | Production of cellulose esters in the presence of a cosolvent |
US8188267B2 (en) * | 2008-02-13 | 2012-05-29 | Eastman Chemical Company | Treatment of cellulose esters |
CN101981157B (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2013-08-21 | 日本化药株式会社 | Aqueous dispersion of organic phosphorus compound and flameproofing method using the same |
RU2010151121A (en) * | 2008-05-15 | 2012-06-20 | Басф Се (De) | PROTOCONDUCTING MEMBRANE AND ITS APPLICATION |
US8734673B2 (en) * | 2008-08-08 | 2014-05-27 | The University Of Toledo | Boron selective ionic liquids and polymeric ionic liquids, methods of making and methods of use thereof |
JP2010105918A (en) * | 2008-10-28 | 2010-05-13 | Jsr Corp | Method for producing alkoxysilane |
DE102008054740A1 (en) | 2008-12-16 | 2010-06-17 | Basf Se | Process for the silylation of monocarboxylic acids |
US8524887B2 (en) | 2009-04-15 | 2013-09-03 | Eastman Chemical Company | Regioselectively substituted cellulose esters produced in a tetraalkylammonium alkylphosphate ionic liquid process and products produced therefrom |
FR2948671B1 (en) | 2009-07-31 | 2011-08-19 | Univ Paris Curie | PROCESS FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF POLYESTERS IN ACIDIC IONIC LIQUID MEDIUM |
US8608952B2 (en) * | 2009-12-30 | 2013-12-17 | Uop Llc | Process for de-acidifying hydrocarbons |
PL2553008T3 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2017-02-28 | Basf Se | Flame retardant agents |
EP2395039A1 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2011-12-14 | Basf Se | Polymer flame-retardant material |
WO2012084773A1 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2012-06-28 | Basf Se | Method for producing siloxycarboxylates |
US9796791B2 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2017-10-24 | Eastman Chemical Company | Cellulose ester optical films |
US8952186B2 (en) | 2011-06-22 | 2015-02-10 | Basf Se | Method for dehydrating a carbohydrate-comprising |
US9162998B2 (en) | 2011-12-13 | 2015-10-20 | Basf Se | Preparation of 5-hydroxymethylfurfural (HMF) from saccharide solutions in the presence of a solvent having a boiling point greater than 60° C. and less than 200° C. (at standard pressure, called low boiler for short) |
ES2589461T3 (en) * | 2011-12-30 | 2016-11-14 | Basf Se | Procedure for producing 6-chlorodibenzo [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosphepine |
WO2013098370A1 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2013-07-04 | Basf Se | Crystalline solvate and non-solvated forms of 6,6'-[[3,3',5,5'-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2,2'-diyl]bis(oxy)]bis-dibenzo [d,f] [1,3,2]-dioxaphosphepine |
WO2013098368A1 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2013-07-04 | Basf Se | Method for purifying organic diphosphite compounds |
CN104364001B (en) * | 2012-02-01 | 2017-10-24 | 耶路撒冷希伯来大学伊萨姆研究开发有限公司 | For the method for the emission for controlling flue gas |
CN103333206A (en) * | 2013-07-04 | 2013-10-02 | 南通泰通化学科技有限公司 | Preparation method of TPO photoinitiator |
US10227274B2 (en) | 2013-07-23 | 2019-03-12 | Chevron Phillips Chemical Company Lp | Separations with ionic liquid solvents |
US9238193B2 (en) | 2013-07-23 | 2016-01-19 | Chevron Phillips Chemical Company Lp | Separations with ionic liquid solvents |
BR112016021934B1 (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2021-10-13 | Dow Technology Investments Llc | HYDROFORMILATION PROCESS |
CN108698972B (en) | 2016-02-25 | 2021-06-29 | 3M创新有限公司 | Method for producing (alkyl) acrylates in a flow reactor |
CN107915626A (en) * | 2016-10-11 | 2018-04-17 | 中国石油化工股份有限公司 | A kind of method and apparatus for producing methyl benzoate |
CN107954874A (en) * | 2016-10-14 | 2018-04-24 | 中国石油化工股份有限公司 | A kind of method for preparing benzoic ether |
EA202090823A1 (en) * | 2017-10-03 | 2020-09-24 | Аквафортус Текнолоджиз Лимитед | SOLUTION FOR EXTRACTING SALT AND METHODS OF ITS USE |
CN109776608A (en) * | 2019-04-02 | 2019-05-21 | 宁波易兮化工科技有限公司 | A kind of novel synthesis of the photoinitiator 2,4,6- trimethylbenzoy-dipheny phosphine oxide of clean and safe |
CN111359258B (en) * | 2020-03-06 | 2021-11-23 | 哈尔滨工业大学(威海) | Novel system for separating and purifying hydrophobic eutectic solvent of weak protonic acid and method for purifying weak protonic acid |
CN112121852B (en) * | 2020-08-27 | 2021-09-24 | 中山大学 | Catalyst composition and use of catalyst composition or catalyst for catalyzing nucleophilic substitution reactions |
CN114414509B (en) * | 2021-12-30 | 2023-12-12 | 通标标准技术服务(天津)有限公司 | Method for detecting heavy metal chromium in food |
US20240309024A1 (en) | 2023-03-14 | 2024-09-19 | Momentive Performance Materials Inc. | Direct synthesis of alkenylhalosilanes |
Citations (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3773809A (en) * | 1972-06-28 | 1973-11-20 | Du Pont | Separation of organic phosphorus compounds and their metal complexes from organic nitriles in the hydrocyanation of olefins |
US3903120A (en) * | 1973-06-19 | 1975-09-02 | Du Pont | Preparation of zerovalent nickel complexes from elemental nickel |
US4668651A (en) * | 1985-09-05 | 1987-05-26 | Union Carbide Corporation | Transition metal complex catalyzed processes |
US4748261A (en) * | 1985-09-05 | 1988-05-31 | Union Carbide Corporation | Bis-phosphite compounds |
US4885401A (en) * | 1985-09-05 | 1989-12-05 | Union Carbide Corporation | Bis-phosphite compounds |
US5235113A (en) * | 1991-06-11 | 1993-08-10 | Mitsubishi Kasei Corporation | Hydroformylation process and bisphosphite compound used therein |
US5488129A (en) * | 1993-11-03 | 1996-01-30 | Rhone-Poulenc Chimie | Hydrocyanation of olefinically unsaturated nitriles into dinitrile compounds |
US5512696A (en) * | 1995-07-21 | 1996-04-30 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation process and multidentate phosphite and nickel catalyst composition therefor |
US5512695A (en) * | 1994-04-14 | 1996-04-30 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Bidentate phosphite and nickel catalyst compositions for hydrocyanation of monoolefins |
US5523453A (en) * | 1995-03-22 | 1996-06-04 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process for hydrocyanation |
US5663403A (en) * | 1995-01-24 | 1997-09-02 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Bisphosphite compound and method for producing aldehydes |
US5693843A (en) * | 1995-12-22 | 1997-12-02 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process for hydrocyanation of diolefins and isomerization of nonconjugated 2 alkyl-3-monoalkenenitriles |
US5710344A (en) * | 1996-11-08 | 1998-01-20 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process to prepare a linear aldehyde |
US5723641A (en) * | 1993-11-23 | 1998-03-03 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Processes and catalyst compositions for hydrocyanation of monoolefins |
US5821378A (en) * | 1995-01-27 | 1998-10-13 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation of diolefins and isomerization of nonconjugated 2-alkyl-3-monoalkenenitriles |
US5847191A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 1998-12-08 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process for the hydrocyanation of monoolefins using bidentate phosphite ligands and zero-valent nickel |
US5856555A (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 1999-01-05 | Rhone-Poulenc Fiber & Resin Intermediates | Process for the hydrocyanation of organic compounds containing ethylenic unsaturation |
US5959135A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 1999-09-28 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation processes and multidentate phosphite ligand and nickel catalyst compositions thereof |
US5981772A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 1999-11-09 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation of diolefins and isomerization of nonconjugated 2-alkyl-3-monoalkenenitriles |
US6020516A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 2000-02-01 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation of diolefins and isomerization of nonconjugated 2-alkyl-3-monoalkenenitriles |
US6127567A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 2000-10-03 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation processes and multidentate phosphite ligand and nickel catalyst compositions therefor |
US6172267B1 (en) * | 1997-10-28 | 2001-01-09 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Process for producing aldehydes and bisphosphite compound to be used for the process |
US6380421B1 (en) * | 1999-09-20 | 2002-04-30 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Multidentate phosphite ligands, catalytic compositions containing such ligands and catalytic processes utilizing such catalytic compositions |
US7351339B2 (en) * | 2002-01-24 | 2008-04-01 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
Family Cites Families (37)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE1443509C3 (en) * | 1964-02-05 | 1973-10-04 | Blattmann & Co, Waedenswil (Schweiz) | Process for the production of phosphorus and optionally nitrogen-containing polysaccharide derivatives |
US3779907A (en) * | 1970-04-13 | 1973-12-18 | Exxon Research Engineering Co | Liquid membrane process for the separation of aqueous mixtures |
US3860656A (en) * | 1972-06-08 | 1975-01-14 | Union Carbide Corp | Purification of glyoxal |
US4029744A (en) * | 1973-07-25 | 1977-06-14 | Exxon Research And Engineering Company | Process for removing the salt of a weak acid and a weak base from solution |
US4014785A (en) * | 1974-07-29 | 1977-03-29 | Exxon Research And Engineering Company | Novel liquid membrane formulations and uses thereof |
DE3248483A1 (en) | 1982-12-29 | 1984-07-05 | Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt | METHOD FOR PRODUCING ARYLDICHLORPHOSPHANS |
DE3334863A1 (en) * | 1983-09-27 | 1985-04-11 | Basf Ag, 6700 Ludwigshafen | Process for obtaining aqueous glyoxylic acid solutions |
GB8424672D0 (en) | 1984-09-29 | 1984-11-07 | Bp Chem Int Ltd | Production of formic acid |
DE3502106A1 (en) | 1985-01-23 | 1986-07-24 | Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen | METHOD FOR PRODUCING CYCLIC, ALIPHATIC ORTHOCOLIC ACID ESTERS AND NEW CYCLIC ORTHOCOLIC ACID ESTERS |
US5484191A (en) * | 1993-09-02 | 1996-01-16 | The Sollami Company | Insert for tungsten carbide tool |
US5854823A (en) | 1996-09-29 | 1998-12-29 | Mci Communications Corporation | System and method for providing resources to test platforms |
US6096680A (en) | 1996-10-28 | 2000-08-01 | Albemarle Corporation | Liquid clathrate compositions |
US5859302A (en) | 1996-10-28 | 1999-01-12 | Albemarle Corporation | Processes employing reusable aluminum catalysts |
DE19652273A1 (en) | 1996-12-16 | 1998-06-18 | Basf Ag | C¶5¶ monoolefin mononitriles, process for their preparation and their use |
EP0927714B1 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2002-04-10 | Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd. | Process for the separation of nitrotoluic acid isomers |
DE19724884A1 (en) * | 1997-06-12 | 1998-12-17 | Basf Ag | Carbonyldiimidazoles, esters derived therefrom and processes for their preparation |
DE19740180A1 (en) | 1997-09-12 | 1999-03-18 | Basf Ag | Nickel (0) phosphonite complex useful in production of organic nitriles |
DE19810794A1 (en) | 1998-03-12 | 1999-09-16 | Basf Ag | Catalyst useful for hydroformylation of ethylenically unsaturated compounds to produce aldehydes |
DE19825212A1 (en) | 1998-06-05 | 1999-12-09 | Basf Ag | Catalyst comprising a complex of a metal of subgroup VIII based on a bidentate phosphonite ligand and process for the preparation of nitriles |
DE19826936A1 (en) * | 1998-06-17 | 1999-12-23 | Basf Ag | Production of carbonyldiimidazole useful for introducing carbonyl groups e.g. in carbonate, urea or urethane synthesis |
GB9820698D0 (en) | 1998-09-24 | 1998-11-18 | Bp Chem Int Ltd | Ionic liquids |
DE19850624A1 (en) | 1998-11-03 | 2000-05-04 | Basf Ag | Process for the preparation of cyanoacetic acid esters |
WO2000040587A1 (en) * | 1999-01-06 | 2000-07-13 | Yoshitomi Fine Chemicals, Ltd. | Process for the preparation of phosphonite compounds |
RU2226228C2 (en) | 1999-08-20 | 2004-03-27 | Дю Пон Де Немур Энтернасьональ С.А. | METHOD OF ELECTROCHEMICAL PRODUCTION OF Ni(0) PHOSPHITE AND DIPHOSPHITE COMPLEXES |
US6403725B1 (en) * | 1999-08-20 | 2002-06-11 | The Lubrizol Corporation | Metal containing dispersant polymers from condensation of polymers containing acidic group with overbased compositions containing reactive nucleophilic group |
KR100817338B1 (en) * | 2000-04-04 | 2008-03-26 | 다이셀 가가꾸 고교 가부시끼가이샤 | Separation Method of Imide Compound |
FR2810666B1 (en) * | 2000-06-22 | 2002-11-08 | Rhodia Chimie Sa | CHIRAL LIGANDS OF THE BETA-AMINOALKYL TYPE -PHOSPHIN, -PHOSPHITE, -PHOSPHONITE AND -PHOSPHINITE, CORRESPONDING METAL COMPLEXES AND THEIR USE IN ASYMMETRIC CATALYSIS |
FR2810668B1 (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2003-09-19 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF TELECHELIC FLUORINATED POLYMERS AND POLYMERS THUS PREPARED |
JP2002047294A (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2002-02-12 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Bidentate phosphorus compound and hydroformylation method using the same |
DE10046025A1 (en) | 2000-09-18 | 2002-03-28 | Basf Ag | Production of adiponitrile by hydrocyanation of butadiene uses a catalyst comprising a Group VIII metal complex having at least one tricyclic bifunctional phosphorus, arsenic or antimony ligand |
EP1383777B1 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2005-11-16 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Ligands for pnicogen chelate complexes with a metal of subgroup viii and use of the complexes as catalysts for hydroformylation, carbonylation, hydrocyanation or hydrogenation |
DE10148712A1 (en) | 2001-10-02 | 2003-04-17 | Basf Ag | New 2-phosphatricyclodecane diphosphine derivatives useful as components of palladium catalysts for carbonylating conjugated dienes |
DE10150286A1 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2003-04-17 | Basf Ag | New bisphosphinites useful for preparing transition metal complexes for use as olefin hydrocyanation and nitrile isomerization catalysts |
DE10150285A1 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2003-04-17 | Basf Ag | New bisphosphonites useful for preparing transition metal complexes for use as olefin hydrocyanation and nitrile isomerization catalysts |
DE10150281A1 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2003-04-30 | Basf Ag | Novel phosphonite compounds are useful as ligands in transition metal complexes used as catalysts for the addition of hydrocyanic acid to a olefinic double bond and for the isomerization of organic nitriles |
DE10156292A1 (en) | 2001-11-19 | 2003-05-28 | Basf Ag | Preparation of organodiphosphonites, useful for the production of catalysts, comprises reaction of an organo phosphorous chloride with an alcohol, treatment of the product with an organic base and addition of a (hetero)aryl diol |
EP2486517A4 (en) * | 2009-10-05 | 2014-06-11 | Icvt Ltd | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR RECOMPRINTING DIGITAL IMAGES |
-
2003
- 2003-01-17 AR ARP030100139A patent/AR038161A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2003-01-17 MY MYPI20030151A patent/MY138064A/en unknown
- 2003-01-21 US US10/467,065 patent/US7351339B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-01-21 CA CA2473839A patent/CA2473839C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 US US10/500,145 patent/US7767852B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 MX MXPA04006695A patent/MXPA04006695A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2003-01-21 BR BRPI0306886-2A patent/BR0306886B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2003-01-21 CN CNB038027429A patent/CN1300156C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 KR KR1020047011490A patent/KR100891140B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 EP EP03704443A patent/EP1470136B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-01-21 KR KR1020047011396A patent/KR100891629B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 CA CA2473954A patent/CA2473954C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 CN CNB038027399A patent/CN100349833C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 ES ES03704443T patent/ES2283749T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-01-21 DE DE50306900T patent/DE50306900D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-01-21 WO PCT/EP2003/000545 patent/WO2003062171A2/en active Application Filing
- 2003-01-21 ES ES03702479.1T patent/ES2515791T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-01-21 JP JP2003562056A patent/JP4950413B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 WO PCT/EP2003/000549 patent/WO2003062251A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2003-01-21 JP JP2003562128A patent/JP4939732B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2003-01-21 EP EP03702479.1A patent/EP1472201B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-01-21 AT AT03704443T patent/ATE358134T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2003-01-22 SA SA03230520A patent/SA03230520B1/en unknown
- 2003-01-24 TW TW092101588A patent/TWI325862B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2004
- 2004-08-23 NO NO20043512A patent/NO330257B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2007
- 2007-12-07 US US11/952,242 patent/US20080083606A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (28)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3773809A (en) * | 1972-06-28 | 1973-11-20 | Du Pont | Separation of organic phosphorus compounds and their metal complexes from organic nitriles in the hydrocyanation of olefins |
US3903120A (en) * | 1973-06-19 | 1975-09-02 | Du Pont | Preparation of zerovalent nickel complexes from elemental nickel |
US4668651A (en) * | 1985-09-05 | 1987-05-26 | Union Carbide Corporation | Transition metal complex catalyzed processes |
US4748261A (en) * | 1985-09-05 | 1988-05-31 | Union Carbide Corporation | Bis-phosphite compounds |
US4769498A (en) * | 1985-09-05 | 1988-09-06 | Union Carbide Corporation | Transition metal complex catalyzed processes |
US4885401A (en) * | 1985-09-05 | 1989-12-05 | Union Carbide Corporation | Bis-phosphite compounds |
US5235113A (en) * | 1991-06-11 | 1993-08-10 | Mitsubishi Kasei Corporation | Hydroformylation process and bisphosphite compound used therein |
US5391801A (en) * | 1991-06-11 | 1995-02-21 | Mitsubishi Kasei Corporation | Hydroformylation process and bisphosphite compound used therein |
US5488129A (en) * | 1993-11-03 | 1996-01-30 | Rhone-Poulenc Chimie | Hydrocyanation of olefinically unsaturated nitriles into dinitrile compounds |
US5723641A (en) * | 1993-11-23 | 1998-03-03 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Processes and catalyst compositions for hydrocyanation of monoolefins |
US5512695A (en) * | 1994-04-14 | 1996-04-30 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Bidentate phosphite and nickel catalyst compositions for hydrocyanation of monoolefins |
US5663403A (en) * | 1995-01-24 | 1997-09-02 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Bisphosphite compound and method for producing aldehydes |
US5728861A (en) * | 1995-01-24 | 1998-03-17 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Bisphosphite compound and method for producing aldehydes |
US5821378A (en) * | 1995-01-27 | 1998-10-13 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation of diolefins and isomerization of nonconjugated 2-alkyl-3-monoalkenenitriles |
US5523453A (en) * | 1995-03-22 | 1996-06-04 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process for hydrocyanation |
US5512696A (en) * | 1995-07-21 | 1996-04-30 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation process and multidentate phosphite and nickel catalyst composition therefor |
US5856555A (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 1999-01-05 | Rhone-Poulenc Fiber & Resin Intermediates | Process for the hydrocyanation of organic compounds containing ethylenic unsaturation |
US5693843A (en) * | 1995-12-22 | 1997-12-02 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process for hydrocyanation of diolefins and isomerization of nonconjugated 2 alkyl-3-monoalkenenitriles |
US5710344A (en) * | 1996-11-08 | 1998-01-20 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process to prepare a linear aldehyde |
US5847191A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 1998-12-08 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Process for the hydrocyanation of monoolefins using bidentate phosphite ligands and zero-valent nickel |
US5959135A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 1999-09-28 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation processes and multidentate phosphite ligand and nickel catalyst compositions thereof |
US5981772A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 1999-11-09 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation of diolefins and isomerization of nonconjugated 2-alkyl-3-monoalkenenitriles |
US6020516A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 2000-02-01 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation of diolefins and isomerization of nonconjugated 2-alkyl-3-monoalkenenitriles |
US6127567A (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 2000-10-03 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation processes and multidentate phosphite ligand and nickel catalyst compositions therefor |
US6171996B1 (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 2001-01-09 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Hydrocyanation processes and multidentate phosphite ligand and nickel catalyst compositions therefor |
US6172267B1 (en) * | 1997-10-28 | 2001-01-09 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Process for producing aldehydes and bisphosphite compound to be used for the process |
US6380421B1 (en) * | 1999-09-20 | 2002-04-30 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Multidentate phosphite ligands, catalytic compositions containing such ligands and catalytic processes utilizing such catalytic compositions |
US7351339B2 (en) * | 2002-01-24 | 2008-04-01 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids |
Cited By (25)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090250409A1 (en) * | 2004-12-07 | 2009-10-08 | Basf Aktiengesellschsft | Purification of ionic liquids |
US8231792B2 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2012-07-31 | Basf Aktiengesellschaft | Purification of ionic liquids |
US20090289214A1 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2009-11-26 | Basf Se | Magnetorheological formulation |
US8486292B2 (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2013-07-16 | Basf Se | Magnetorheological formulation |
US8618225B2 (en) | 2008-02-11 | 2013-12-31 | Basf Se | Method for producing polyamides |
US20100310853A1 (en) * | 2008-02-11 | 2010-12-09 | Stefan Schwiegk | Method for producing porous structures from synthetic polymers |
US20100311918A1 (en) * | 2008-02-11 | 2010-12-09 | Faissal-Ali El Toufaili | Method for producing polyamides |
US8999211B2 (en) | 2008-02-11 | 2015-04-07 | Basf Se | Method for producing porous structures from synthetic polymers |
US20110137098A1 (en) * | 2009-12-07 | 2011-06-09 | Basf Se | Process for isomerizing a saturated hydrocarbon |
US20110137097A1 (en) * | 2009-12-07 | 2011-06-09 | Basf Se | Process for isomerizing a saturated, branched and cyclic hydrocarbon |
US8410327B2 (en) | 2009-12-07 | 2013-04-02 | Basf Se | Process for isomerizing a saturated, branched and cyclic hydrocarbon |
US9234137B2 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2016-01-12 | Basf Se | Flame retardant |
US9115312B2 (en) | 2010-04-01 | 2015-08-25 | Basf Se | Flame retardant |
WO2011140239A3 (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2012-04-05 | The Arizona Board Of Regents For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Sensing materials for selective and sensitive detection of hydrocarbons and acids |
US20130115137A1 (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2013-05-09 | The Arizona Board Of Regents For And On Behlaf Of Arizona State University | Sensing materials for selective and sensitive detection of hydrocarbons and acids |
US8796481B2 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2014-08-05 | Basf Se | Crystalline solvate and non-solvated forms of 6,6′-[[3,3′,5,5′-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-[1,1′biphenyl]-2,2′-diyl]bis(oxy)]bis-dibenzo [d,f] [1,3,2]-dioxaphosphepine |
US9108988B2 (en) | 2011-12-30 | 2015-08-18 | Basf Se | Method of purifying organic diphosphite compounds |
WO2017146938A1 (en) | 2016-02-23 | 2017-08-31 | Vanderbilt Chemicals, Llc | Imidazolium sulfur-containing binuclear molybdate salts as lubricant additives |
US10584136B2 (en) | 2016-04-12 | 2020-03-10 | Wacker Chemie Ag | Process for separating aluminum chloride from silanes |
WO2018022756A1 (en) * | 2016-07-27 | 2018-02-01 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Systems and methods incorporating ionic liquids for electrochemically mediated capturing of lewis acid gases |
US10286355B2 (en) | 2016-07-27 | 2019-05-14 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Systems and methods incorporating ionic liquids for electrochemically mediated capturing of lewis acid gases |
US11298649B2 (en) | 2016-07-27 | 2022-04-12 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Systems and methods incorporating ionic liquids for electrochemically mediated capturing of Lewis acid gases |
CN108993602A (en) * | 2018-07-23 | 2018-12-14 | 河北工业大学 | A kind of catalyst system and its application method of propionic acid synthesized methyl esters |
WO2022216355A1 (en) * | 2021-04-07 | 2022-10-13 | Verdox, Inc. | Method for electrochemical gas separation |
US11931692B2 (en) | 2021-04-07 | 2024-03-19 | Verdox, Inc | Method for electrochemical gas separation |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7767852B2 (en) | Method for the separation of acids from chemical reaction mixtures by means of ionic fluids | |
US7858802B2 (en) | Method of preparing ionic liquids | |
CN101157592A (en) | Method for separating acid from chemical reaction mixture by using ionic liquid | |
TWI666197B (en) | Hydroformylation process | |
US9573870B2 (en) | Hetereocyclic agent as catalytic stabilizing agent in a hydroformylation process | |
JP2011500739A (en) | Process for continuously producing organophosphorus compounds and use thereof | |
DE10251140A1 (en) | Separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base that forms a liquid salt with the acid to result in two non-miscible phases with the product or solution of the product in a suitable solvent | |
DE10248902A1 (en) | Separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base that forms a liquid salt with the acid to result in two non-miscible phases with the product or solution of the product in a suitable solvent | |
DE10230222A1 (en) | Separation of acids from reaction mixtures by means of an auxiliary base that forms a liquid salt with the acid to result in two non-miscible phases with the product or solution of the product in a suitable solvent |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |